Created
October 8, 2019 20:30
-
-
Save mootrichard/f392bd6f257a05a7b1d5219b71778e2f to your computer and use it in GitHub Desktop.
Enums into Types
This file contains hidden or bidirectional Unicode text that may be interpreted or compiled differently than what appears below. To review, open the file in an editor that reveals hidden Unicode characters.
Learn more about bidirectional Unicode characters
// Type definitions for square-connect 2.20190814 | |
// Project: https://docs.connect.squareup.com/ | |
// Definitions by: Dmitri Dimitrioglo <https://github.com/ddimitrioglo> | |
// Richard Moot <https://github.com/mootrichard> | |
// Definitions: https://github.com/DefinitelyTyped/DefinitelyTyped | |
// TypeScript Version: 2.4 | |
export type CountryEnum = | |
'ZZ' | | |
'AD' | | |
'AE' | | |
'AF' | | |
'AG' | | |
'AI' | | |
'AL' | | |
'AM' | | |
'AO' | | |
'AQ' | | |
'AR' | | |
'AS' | | |
'AT' | | |
'AU' | | |
'AW' | | |
'AX' | | |
'AZ' | | |
'BA' | | |
'BB' | | |
'BD' | | |
'BE' | | |
'BF' | | |
'BG' | | |
'BH' | | |
'BI' | | |
'BJ' | | |
'BL' | | |
'BM' | | |
'BN' | | |
'BO' | | |
'BQ' | | |
'BR' | | |
'BS' | | |
'BT' | | |
'BV' | | |
'BW' | | |
'BY' | | |
'BZ' | | |
'CA' | | |
'CC' | | |
'CD' | | |
'CF' | | |
'CG' | | |
'CH' | | |
'CI' | | |
'CK' | | |
'CL' | | |
'CM' | | |
'CN' | | |
'CO' | | |
'CR' | | |
'CU' | | |
'CV' | | |
'CW' | | |
'CX' | | |
'CY' | | |
'CZ' | | |
'DE' | | |
'DJ' | | |
'DK' | | |
'DM' | | |
'DO' | | |
'DZ' | | |
'EC' | | |
'EE' | | |
'EG' | | |
'EH' | | |
'ER' | | |
'ES' | | |
'ET' | | |
'FI' | | |
'FJ' | | |
'FK' | | |
'FM' | | |
'FO' | | |
'FR' | | |
'GA' | | |
'GB' | | |
'GD' | | |
'GE' | | |
'GF' | | |
'GG' | | |
'GH' | | |
'GI' | | |
'GL' | | |
'GM' | | |
'GN' | | |
'GP' | | |
'GQ' | | |
'GR' | | |
'GS' | | |
'GT' | | |
'GU' | | |
'GW' | | |
'GY' | | |
'HK' | | |
'HM' | | |
'HN' | | |
'HR' | | |
'HT' | | |
'HU' | | |
'ID' | | |
'IE' | | |
'IL' | | |
'IM' | | |
'IN' | | |
'IO' | | |
'IQ' | | |
'IR' | | |
'IS' | | |
'IT' | | |
'JE' | | |
'JM' | | |
'JO' | | |
'JP' | | |
'KE' | | |
'KG' | | |
'KH' | | |
'KI' | | |
'KM' | | |
'KN' | | |
'KP' | | |
'KR' | | |
'KW' | | |
'KY' | | |
'KZ' | | |
'LA' | | |
'LB' | | |
'LC' | | |
'LI' | | |
'LK' | | |
'LR' | | |
'LS' | | |
'LT' | | |
'LU' | | |
'LV' | | |
'LY' | | |
'MA' | | |
'MC' | | |
'MD' | | |
'ME' | | |
'MF' | | |
'MG' | | |
'MH' | | |
'MK' | | |
'ML' | | |
'MM' | | |
'MN' | | |
'MO' | | |
'MP' | | |
'MQ' | | |
'MR' | | |
'MS' | | |
'MT' | | |
'MU' | | |
'MV' | | |
'MW' | | |
'MX' | | |
'MY' | | |
'MZ' | | |
'NA' | | |
'NC' | | |
'NE' | | |
'NF' | | |
'NG' | | |
'NI' | | |
'NL' | | |
'NO' | | |
'NP' | | |
'NR' | | |
'NU' | | |
'NZ' | | |
'OM' | | |
'PA' | | |
'PE' | | |
'PF' | | |
'PG' | | |
'PH' | | |
'PK' | | |
'PL' | | |
'PM' | | |
'PN' | | |
'PR' | | |
'PS' | | |
'PT' | | |
'PW' | | |
'PY' | | |
'QA' | | |
'RE' | | |
'RO' | | |
'RS' | | |
'RU' | | |
'RW' | | |
'SA' | | |
'SB' | | |
'SC' | | |
'SD' | | |
'SE' | | |
'SG' | | |
'SH' | | |
'SI' | | |
'SJ' | | |
'SK' | | |
'SL' | | |
'SM' | | |
'SN' | | |
'SO' | | |
'SR' | | |
'SS' | | |
'ST' | | |
'SV' | | |
'SX' | | |
'SY' | | |
'SZ' | | |
'TC' | | |
'TD' | | |
'TF' | | |
'TG' | | |
'TH' | | |
'TJ' | | |
'TK' | | |
'TL' | | |
'TM' | | |
'TN' | | |
'TO' | | |
'TR' | | |
'TT' | | |
'TV' | | |
'TW' | | |
'TZ' | | |
'UA' | | |
'UG' | | |
'UM' | | |
'US' | | |
'UY' | | |
'UZ' | | |
'VA' | | |
'VC' | | |
'VE' | | |
'VG' | | |
'VI' | | |
'VN' | | |
'VU' | | |
'WF' | | |
'WS' | | |
'YE' | | |
'YT' | | |
'ZA' | | |
'ZM' | | |
'ZW'; | |
export type CurrencyEnum = | |
'UNKNOWN_CURRENCY' | | |
'AED' | | |
'AFN' | | |
'ALL' | | |
'AMD' | | |
'ANG' | | |
'AOA' | | |
'ARS' | | |
'AUD' | | |
'AWG' | | |
'AZN' | | |
'BAM' | | |
'BBD' | | |
'BDT' | | |
'BGN' | | |
'BHD' | | |
'BIF' | | |
'BMD' | | |
'BND' | | |
'BOB' | | |
'BOV' | | |
'BRL' | | |
'BSD' | | |
'BTN' | | |
'BWP' | | |
'BYR' | | |
'BZD' | | |
'CAD' | | |
'CDF' | | |
'CHE' | | |
'CHF' | | |
'CHW' | | |
'CLF' | | |
'CLP' | | |
'CNY' | | |
'COP' | | |
'COU' | | |
'CRC' | | |
'CUC' | | |
'CUP' | | |
'CVE' | | |
'CZK' | | |
'DJF' | | |
'DKK' | | |
'DOP' | | |
'DZD' | | |
'EGP' | | |
'ERN' | | |
'ETB' | | |
'EUR' | | |
'FJD' | | |
'FKP' | | |
'GBP' | | |
'GEL' | | |
'GHS' | | |
'GIP' | | |
'GMD' | | |
'GNF' | | |
'GTQ' | | |
'GYD' | | |
'HKD' | | |
'HNL' | | |
'HRK' | | |
'HTG' | | |
'HUF' | | |
'IDR' | | |
'ILS' | | |
'INR' | | |
'IQD' | | |
'IRR' | | |
'ISK' | | |
'JMD' | | |
'JOD' | | |
'JPY' | | |
'KES' | | |
'KGS' | | |
'KHR' | | |
'KMF' | | |
'KPW' | | |
'KRW' | | |
'KWD' | | |
'KYD' | | |
'KZT' | | |
'LAK' | | |
'LBP' | | |
'LKR' | | |
'LRD' | | |
'LSL' | | |
'LTL' | | |
'LVL' | | |
'LYD' | | |
'MAD' | | |
'MDL' | | |
'MGA' | | |
'MKD' | | |
'MMK' | | |
'MNT' | | |
'MOP' | | |
'MRO' | | |
'MUR' | | |
'MVR' | | |
'MWK' | | |
'MXN' | | |
'MXV' | | |
'MYR' | | |
'MZN' | | |
'NAD' | | |
'NGN' | | |
'NIO' | | |
'NOK' | | |
'NPR' | | |
'NZD' | | |
'OMR' | | |
'PAB' | | |
'PEN' | | |
'PGK' | | |
'PHP' | | |
'PKR' | | |
'PLN' | | |
'PYG' | | |
'QAR' | | |
'RON' | | |
'RSD' | | |
'RUB' | | |
'RWF' | | |
'SAR' | | |
'SBD' | | |
'SCR' | | |
'SDG' | | |
'SEK' | | |
'SGD' | | |
'SHP' | | |
'SLL' | | |
'SOS' | | |
'SRD' | | |
'SSP' | | |
'STD' | | |
'SVC' | | |
'SYP' | | |
'SZL' | | |
'THB' | | |
'TJS' | | |
'TMT' | | |
'TND' | | |
'TOP' | | |
'TRY' | | |
'TTD' | | |
'TWD' | | |
'TZS' | | |
'UAH' | | |
'UGX' | | |
'USD' | | |
'USN' | | |
'USS' | | |
'UYI' | | |
'UYU' | | |
'UZS' | | |
'VEF' | | |
'VND' | | |
'VUV' | | |
'WST' | | |
'XAF' | | |
'XAG' | | |
'XAU' | | |
'XBA' | | |
'XBB' | | |
'XBC' | | |
'XBD' | | |
'XCD' | | |
'XDR' | | |
'XOF' | | |
'XPD' | | |
'XPF' | | |
'XPT' | | |
'XTS' | | |
'XXX' | | |
'YER' | | |
'ZAR' | | |
'ZMK' | | |
'ZMW' | | |
'BTC'; | |
export type DayOfWeekEnum = | |
'SUN' | | |
'MON' | | |
'TUE' | | |
'WED' | | |
'THU' | | |
'FRI' | | |
'SAT'; | |
export type CardBrandEnum = | |
'JCB' | | |
'VISA' | | |
'DISCOVER' | | |
'MASTERCARD' | | |
'OTHER_BRAND' | | |
'CHINA_UNIONPAY' | | |
'DISCOVER_DINERS' | | |
'AMERICAN_EXPRESS' | | |
'SQUARE_GIFT_CARD'; | |
export type SortOrderEnum = | |
'ASC' | | |
'DESC'; | |
export type TaxTypeEnum = | |
'ADDITIVE' | | |
'INCLUSIVE' | | |
'UNKNOWN_TAX'; | |
export type TaxApplicationScopeEnum = | |
'ORDER' | | |
'LINE_ITEM' | | |
'OTHER_TAX_SCOPE'; | |
export type DiscountTypeEnum = | |
'FIXED_AMOUNT' | | |
'FIXED_PERCENTAGE' | | |
'VARIABLE_AMOUNT' | | |
'VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE' | | |
'UNKNOWN_DISCOUNT'; | |
export type DiscountApplicationScopeEnum = | |
'ORDER' | | |
'LINE_ITEM' | | |
'OTHER_DISCOUNT_SCOPE'; | |
export type CustomerSourceEnum = | |
'OTHER' | | |
'APPOINTMENTS' | | |
'COUPON' | | |
'DELETION_RECOVERY' | | |
'DIRECTORY' | | |
'EGIFTING' | | |
'EMAIL_COLLECTION' | | |
'FEEDBACK' | | |
'IMPORT' | | |
'INVOICES' | | |
'LOYALTY' | | |
'MARKETING' | | |
'MERGE' | | |
'ONLINE_STORE' | | |
'INSTANT_PROFILE' | | |
'TERMINAL' | | |
'THIRD_PARTY' | | |
'THIRD_PARTY_IMPORT' | | |
'UNMERGE_RECOVERY'; | |
export type InventoryStateEnum = | |
'CUSTOM' | | |
'IN_STOCK' | | |
'SOLD' | | |
'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER' | | |
'RESERVED_FOR_SALE' | | |
'SOLD_ONLINE' | | |
'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR' | | |
'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR' | | |
'IN_TRANSIT_TO' | | |
'NONE' | | |
'WASTE' | | |
'UNLINKED_RETURN'; | |
export type ActivityStatusEnum = | |
'ACTIVE' | | |
'INACTIVE'; | |
export type FulfillmentTypeEnum = | |
'PICKUP' | | |
'SHIPMENT'; | |
export type FulfillmentStateEnum = | |
'PROPOSED' | | |
'RESERVED' | | |
'PREPARED' | | |
'COMPLETED' | | |
'CANCELED' | | |
'FAILED'; | |
/** | |
* Represents an additional recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender. | |
*/ | |
export class AdditionalRecipient { | |
/** | |
* The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender. | |
*/ | |
location_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The description of the additional recipient. | |
*/ | |
description: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money distributed to the recipient. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* The unique ID for this [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable), assigned by the server. | |
*/ | |
receivable_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a monetary distribution of part of a [Transaction](#type-transaction)'s amount for Transactions which | |
* included additional recipients. The location of this receivable is that same as the one specified in the | |
* [AdditionalRecipient](#type-additionalrecipient). | |
*/ | |
export class AdditionalRecipientReceivable { | |
/** | |
* The additional recipient receivable's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the transaction that the additional recipient receivable was applied to. | |
*/ | |
transaction_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction. | |
*/ | |
transaction_location_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the receivable. This will always be non-negative. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* The time when the additional recipient receivable was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Any refunds of the receivable that have been applied. | |
*/ | |
refunds?: Array<AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A refund of an [AdditionalRecipientReceivable](#type-additionalrecipientreceivable). This includes the ID of the | |
* additional recipient receivable associated to this object, as well as a reference to the [Refund](#type-refund) that | |
* created this receivable refund. | |
*/ | |
export class AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund { | |
/** | |
* The receivable refund's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the receivable that the refund was applied to. | |
*/ | |
receivable_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the refund that is associated to this receivable refund. | |
*/ | |
refund_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the location that created the receivable. This is the location ID on the associated transaction. | |
*/ | |
transaction_location_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the refund. This will always be non-negative. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a physical address. | |
*/ | |
export class Address { | |
/** | |
* The first line of the address. Fields that start with `address_line` provide the address's most specific | |
* details, like street number, street name, and building name. They do *not* provide less specific details like | |
* city, state/province, or country (these details are provided in other fields). | |
*/ | |
address_line_1?: string; | |
/** | |
* The second line of the address, if any. | |
*/ | |
address_line_2?: string; | |
/** | |
* The third line of the address, if any. | |
*/ | |
address_line_3?: string; | |
/** | |
* The city or town of the address. | |
*/ | |
locality?: string; | |
/** | |
* A civil region within the address's `locality`, if any. | |
*/ | |
sublocality?: string; | |
/** | |
* A civil region within the address's `sublocality`, if any. | |
*/ | |
sublocality_2?: string; | |
/** | |
* A civil region within the address's `sublocality_2`, if any. | |
*/ | |
sublocality_3?: string; | |
/** | |
* A civil entity within the address's country. In the US, this is the state. | |
*/ | |
administrative_district_level_1?: string; | |
/** | |
* A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_1`. In the US, this is the county. | |
*/ | |
administrative_district_level_2?: string; | |
/** | |
* A civil entity within the address's `administrative_district_level_2`, if any. | |
*/ | |
administrative_district_level_3?: string; | |
/** | |
* The address's postal code. | |
*/ | |
postal_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The address's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values | |
*/ | |
country?: CountryEnum; | |
/** | |
* Optional first name when it's representing recipient. | |
*/ | |
first_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Optional last name when it's representing recipient. | |
*/ | |
last_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Optional organization name when it's representing recipient. | |
*/ | |
organization?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Reflects the current status of a balance payment. | |
*/ | |
export class BalancePaymentDetails { | |
/** | |
* ID for the account used to fund the payment. | |
*/ | |
account_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The balance payment’s current state. Can be `COMPLETED` or `FAILED`. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
} | |
export class BatchChangeInventoryRequest { | |
/** | |
* A client-supplied, universally unique identifier (UUID) for the request. | |
* See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) in the [API Development 101](/basics/api101/overview) section for details. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key?: string; | |
/** | |
* The set of physical counts and inventory adjustments to be made. | |
* Changes are applied based on the client-supplied timestamp and may be sent out of order. Max size is 100 changes. | |
*/ | |
changes?: Array<InventoryChange>; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the current physical count should be ignored if the quantity is unchanged since the last physical count. | |
* Default: `true`. | |
*/ | |
ignore_unchanged_counts?: boolean; | |
} | |
export class BatchChangeInventoryResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The current counts for all objects referenced in the request. | |
*/ | |
counts?: Array<InventoryCount>; | |
} | |
export class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be deleted. \When an object is deleted, other objects in | |
* the graph that depend on that object will be deleted as well (for example, deleting a | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will delete its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s). | |
*/ | |
object_ids?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
export class BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request. | |
*/ | |
deleted_object_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
deleted_at?: string; | |
} | |
export class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The IDs of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be retrieved. | |
*/ | |
object_ids: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested objects, as follows: | |
* If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated | |
* [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage)s | |
* and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. | |
* If the `objects` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its parent | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. | |
*/ | |
include_related_objects?: boolean; | |
} | |
export class BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | |
*/ | |
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
/** | |
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `objects` field. | |
*/ | |
related_objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
} | |
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest { | |
/** | |
* Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | |
*/ | |
location_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Filters results by [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype). Default: [`PHYSICAL_COUNT`, `ADJUSTMENT`]. | |
* `TRANSFER` is not supported as a filter. | |
*/ | |
types?: Array<BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest.TypesEnum>; | |
/** | |
* Filters `ADJUSTMENT` query results by [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate). Only applied when set. Default: unset. | |
*/ | |
states?: Array<BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest.StatesEnum>; | |
/** | |
* Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is after the given time. | |
* Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`). | |
*/ | |
updated_after?: string; | |
/** | |
* Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `created_at` or `calculated_at` value is strictly before | |
* the given time. Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`). | |
*/ | |
updated_before?: string; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesRequest { | |
export type TypesEnum = | |
'PHYSICAL_COUNT' | | |
'ADJUSTMENT' | | |
'TRANSFER'; | |
export type StatesEnum = | |
'CUSTOM' | | |
'IN_STOCK' | | |
'SOLD' | | |
'RETURNED_BY_CUSTOMER' | | |
'RESERVED_FOR_SALE' | | |
'SOLD_ONLINE' | | |
'ORDERED_FROM_VENDOR' | | |
'RECEIVED_FROM_VENDOR' | | |
'IN_TRANSIT_TO' | | |
'NONE' | | |
'WASTE' | | |
'UNLINKED_RETURN'; | |
} | |
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The current calculated inventory changes for the requested objects and locations. | |
*/ | |
changes?: Array<InventoryChange>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsRequest { | |
/** | |
* Filters results by [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Filters results by [Location](#type-location) ID. Only applied when set. Default: unset. | |
*/ | |
location_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Provided as an RFC 3339 timestamp. Returns results whose `calculated_at` value is after the given time. | |
* Default: UNIX epoch (`1970-01-01T00:00:00Z`). | |
*/ | |
updated_after?: string; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export class BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The current calculated inventory counts for the requested objects and locations. | |
*/ | |
counts?: Array<InventoryCount>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export class BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest { | |
/** | |
* The IDs of the orders to retrieve. A maximum of 100 orders can be retrieved per request. | |
*/ | |
order_ids: Array<string>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the BatchRetrieveOrders endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse { | |
/** | |
* The requested orders. This will omit any requested orders that do not exist. | |
*/ | |
orders?: Array<Order>; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
export class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsRequest { | |
/** | |
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. A common way to create a valid | |
* idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). If you're unsure whether a particular request | |
* was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying about creating duplicate | |
* objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s to be inserted/updated atomically. The objects within a batch | |
* will be inserted in an all-or-nothing fashion, i.e., if an error occurs attempting to insert or update an object | |
* within a batch, the entire batch will be rejected. However, an error in one batch will not affect other batches | |
* within the same request. For each object, its `updated_at` field is ignored and replaced with a current | |
* [timestamp](#workingwithdates), and its `is_deleted` field must not be set to `true`. To modify an existing | |
* object, supply its ID. To create a new object, use an ID starting with `#`. These IDs may be used to create | |
* relationships between an object and attributes of other objects that reference it. For example, you can create a | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) with ID `#ABC` and a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) with its | |
* `item_id` attribute set to `#ABC` in order to associate the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) | |
* with its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Any `#`-prefixed IDs are valid only within a single atomic | |
* batch, and will be replaced by server-generated IDs. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects. The total | |
* number of objects across all batches for a single request may not exceed 10,000. If either of these limits is | |
* violated, an error will be returned and no objects will be inserted or updated. | |
*/ | |
batches?: Array<CatalogObjectBatch>; | |
} | |
export class BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s | |
*/ | |
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
/** | |
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert. | |
*/ | |
id_mappings?: Array<CatalogIdMapping>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A defined break template that sets an expectation for possible `Break` instances on a `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
export class BreakType { | |
/** | |
* UUID for this object. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the business location this type of break applies to. | |
*/ | |
location_id: string; | |
/** | |
* A human-readable name for this type of break. Will be displayed to employees in Square products. | |
*/ | |
break_name: string; | |
/** | |
* Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of this break. Precision below minutes is truncated. | |
*/ | |
expected_duration: string; | |
/** | |
* Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes. | |
*/ | |
is_paid: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at | |
* time of request. If a value is not provided, Square's servers execute a \"blind\" write; potentially overwriting | |
* another writer's data. | |
*/ | |
version?: number; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents the hours of operation for a business location. | |
*/ | |
export class BusinessHours { | |
/** | |
* The list of time periods during which the business is open. There may be at most 10 periods per day. | |
*/ | |
periods?: Array<BusinessHoursPeriod>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a period of time during which a business location is open. | |
*/ | |
export class BusinessHoursPeriod { | |
/** | |
* The day of week for this time period. See [DayOfWeek](#type-dayofweek) for possible values | |
*/ | |
day_of_week?: DayOfWeekEnum; | |
/** | |
* The start time of a business hours period, specified in local time using partial-time RFC3339 format. | |
*/ | |
start_local_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end time of a business hours period, specified in local time using partial-time RFC3339 format. | |
*/ | |
end_local_time?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Specifies idempotency key of a payment to cancel. | |
*/ | |
export class CancelPaymentByIdempotencyKeyRequest { | |
/** | |
* `idempotency_key` identifying the payment to be canceled. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Return value from the [CancelPaymentByIdempotencyKey](#endpoint-payments-cancelpaymentbyidempotencykey) endpoint. | |
* On success, `errors` will be empty. | |
*/ | |
export class CancelPaymentByIdempotencyKeyResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Cancels a payment before it has been completed. | |
* @note only payments created with `autocomplete` set to false can be canceled. | |
*/ | |
export class CancelPaymentRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Return value from the [CancelPayment](#endpoint-payments-cancelpayment) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CancelPaymentResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The successfully canceled `Payment` object. | |
*/ | |
payment?: Payment; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the query parameters for calls to the CaptureTransaction endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CaptureTransactionRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the | |
* [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CaptureTransactionResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents the payment details of a card to be used for payments. | |
* These details are determined by the `card_nonce` generated by `SqPaymentForm`. | |
*/ | |
export class Card { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID for this card. Generated by Square. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The card's brand (such as `VISA`). See [CardBrand](#type-cardbrand) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
card_brand?: CardBrandEnum; | |
/** | |
* The last 4 digits of the card number. | |
*/ | |
last_4?: string; | |
/** | |
* The expiration month of the associated card as an integer between 1 and 12. | |
*/ | |
exp_month?: number; | |
/** | |
* The four-digit year of the card's expiration date. | |
*/ | |
exp_year?: number; | |
/** | |
* The name of the cardholder. | |
*/ | |
cardholder_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The billing address for this card. | |
*/ | |
billing_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* A unique, Square-assigned ID that identifies the card across multiple locations and applications for a single Square account. | |
*/ | |
fingerprint?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates a card's brand, such as `VISA` or `MASTERCARD`. | |
*/ | |
export class CardBrand { } | |
/** | |
* Reflects the current status of a card payment. | |
*/ | |
export class CardPaymentDetails { | |
/** | |
* The card payment's current state. It can be one of: `AUTHORIZED`, `CAPTURED`, `VOIDED`, `FAILED`. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* The credit card's non-confidential details. | |
*/ | |
card?: Card; | |
/** | |
* The method used to enter the card's details for the payment. Can be `KEYED`, `SWIPED`, `EMV`, `ON_FILE`, or `CONTACTLESS`. | |
*/ | |
entry_method?: string; | |
/** | |
* Status code returned from the Card Verification Value (CVV) check. | |
*/ | |
cvv_status?: string; | |
/** | |
* Status code returned from the Address Verification System (AVS) check. | |
*/ | |
avs_status?: string; | |
/** | |
* Status code returned by the card issuer that describes the payment's authorization status. | |
*/ | |
auth_result_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* For EMV payments, identifies the EMV application used for the payment | |
*/ | |
application_identifier?: string; | |
/** | |
* For EMV payments, the human-readable name of the EMV application used for the payment. | |
*/ | |
application_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* For EMV payments, the cryptogram generated for the payment. | |
*/ | |
application_cryptogram?: string; | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A category to which an [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) belongs in the Catalog object model. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogCategory { | |
/** | |
* The category's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A discount in the Catalog object model. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogDiscount { | |
/** | |
* The discount's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the discount is a fixed amount or percentage, or entered at the time of sale. | |
* See [CatalogDiscountType](#type-catalogdiscounttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
discount_type?: DiscountTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The percentage of the discount as a string representation of a decimal number, using a `.` as the decimal | |
* separator and without a `%` sign. A value of `7.5` corresponds to `7.5%`. Specify a percentage of `0` if | |
* `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE`. Do not include this field for amount-based or variable discounts. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the discount. Specify an amount of `0` if `discount_type` is `VARIABLE_AMOUNT`. | |
* Do not include this field for percentage-based or variable discounts. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment in the Square | |
* Point of Sale app. | |
*/ | |
pin_required?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The color of the discount's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code. | |
*/ | |
label_color?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* How to apply a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount) to a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogDiscountType { } | |
/** | |
* A mapping between a client-supplied temporary ID and a permanent server ID. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogIdMapping { | |
/** | |
* The client-supplied, temporary `#`-prefixed ID for a new [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject). | |
*/ | |
client_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The permanent ID for the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) created by the server. | |
*/ | |
object_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* An image file to use in Square catalogs. Can be associated with catalog items, item variations, and categories. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogImage { | |
/** | |
* The internal name of this image. Identifies this image in calls to the Connect APIs. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The URL of this image. Generated by Square after an image is uploaded to the CreateCatalogImage endpoint. | |
*/ | |
url?: string; | |
/** | |
* A caption that describes what is shown in the image. Displayed in the Square Online Store. | |
*/ | |
caption?: string; | |
} | |
export class CatalogInfoRequest { } | |
export class CatalogInfoResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
limits?: CatalogInfoResponseLimits; | |
/** | |
* Names and abbreviations for standard units. | |
*/ | |
standard_unit_description_group?: StandardUnitDescriptionGroup; | |
} | |
export class CatalogInfoResponseLimits { | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of objects that may appear within a single batch in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request. | |
*/ | |
batch_upsert_max_objects_per_batch?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of objects that may appear across all batches in a `/v2/catalog/batch-upsert` request. | |
*/ | |
batch_upsert_max_total_objects?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of object IDs that may appear in a `/v2/catalog/batch-retrieve` request. | |
*/ | |
batch_retrieve_max_object_ids?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of results that may be returned in a page of a `/v2/catalog/search` response. | |
*/ | |
search_max_page_limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of object IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/batch-delete` request. | |
*/ | |
batch_delete_max_object_ids?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request. | |
*/ | |
update_item_taxes_max_item_ids?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of tax IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request. | |
*/ | |
update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_enable?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of tax IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-taxes` request. | |
*/ | |
update_item_taxes_max_taxes_to_disable?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of item IDs that may be included in a single `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request. | |
*/ | |
update_item_modifier_lists_max_item_ids?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be enabled that may be included in a single | |
* `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request. | |
*/ | |
update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_enable?: number; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of modifier list IDs to be disabled that may be included in a single | |
* `/v2/catalog/update-item-modifier-lists` request. | |
*/ | |
update_item_modifier_lists_max_modifier_lists_to_disable?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* An item (i.e., product family) in the Catalog object model. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItem { | |
/** | |
* The item's name. Searchable. This field must not be empty. This field has max length of 512 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item's description. Searchable. This field has max length of 4096 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
description?: string; | |
/** | |
* The text of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. Only up to the first five characters of the | |
* string are used. Searchable. This field has max length of 24 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
abbreviation?: string; | |
/** | |
* The color of the item's display label in the Square Point of Sale app. This must be a valid hex color code. | |
*/ | |
label_color?: string; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store. | |
*/ | |
available_online?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store. | |
*/ | |
available_for_pickup?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the item can be added to electronically fulfilled orders from the merchant's online store. | |
*/ | |
available_electronically?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the item's category, if any. | |
*/ | |
category_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A set of IDs indicating the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es that are enabled for this item. When updating an | |
* item, any taxes listed here will be added to the item. [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es may also be added to or | |
* deleted from an item using `UpdateItemTaxes`. | |
*/ | |
tax_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* A set of [CatalogItemModifierListInfo](#type-catalogitemmodifierlistinfo) objects representing the modifier lists | |
* that apply to this item, along with the overrides and min and max limits that are specific to this item. | |
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s may also be added to or deleted from an item using `UpdateItemModifierLists`. | |
*/ | |
modifier_list_info?: Array<CatalogItemModifierListInfo>; | |
/** | |
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s containing the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s | |
* for this item. Maximum: 250 item variations. | |
*/ | |
variations?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
/** | |
* The product type of the item. May not be changed once an item has been created. | |
* Only items of product type `REGULAR` or `APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE` may be created by this API; items with other product | |
* types are read-only. See [CatalogItemProductType](#type-catalogitemproducttype) for possible values | |
*/ | |
product_type?: CatalogItem.ProductTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* If `false`, the Square Point of Sale app will present the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)'s details screen immediately, | |
* allowing the merchant to choose [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s before adding the item to the cart. | |
* This is the default behavior. If `true`, the Square Point of Sale app will immediately add the item to the cart | |
* with the pre-selected modifiers, and merchants can edit modifiers by drilling down onto the item's details. | |
* Third-party clients are encouraged to implement similar behaviors. | |
*/ | |
skip_modifier_screen?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* List of item options IDs for this item. Used to manage and group item variations in a specified order. | |
* Maximum: 6 item options. | |
*/ | |
item_options?: Array<CatalogItemOptionForItem>; | |
} | |
export namespace CatalogItem { | |
export type ProductTypeEnum = | |
'REGULAR' | | |
'GIFT_CARD' | | |
'APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE' | | |
'RETAIL_ITEM' | | |
'RESTAURANT_ITEM'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Controls the properties of a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) as it applies to this [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItemModifierListInfo { | |
/** | |
* The ID of the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) controlled by this | |
* [CatalogModifierListInfo](#type-catalogmodifierlistinfo). | |
*/ | |
modifier_list_id: string; | |
/** | |
* A set of [CatalogModifierOverride](#type-catalogmodifieroverride) objects that override whether a given | |
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) is enabled by default. | |
*/ | |
modifier_overrides?: Array<CatalogModifierOverride>; | |
/** | |
* If zero or larger, the smallest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that must be selected from | |
* this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). | |
*/ | |
min_selected_modifiers?: number; | |
/** | |
* If zero or larger, the largest number of [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be selected from this | |
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). | |
*/ | |
max_selected_modifiers?: number; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, enable this [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). | |
*/ | |
enabled?: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A group of variations for a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)'s. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItemOption { | |
/** | |
* The item option's display name for the seller. Must be unique across all item options. Searchable. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item option's display name for the customer. Searchable. | |
*/ | |
display_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item option's human-readable description. Displays for in the Square Point of Sale app for the seller | |
* and in the Online Store or on receipts for the buyer. | |
*/ | |
description?: string; | |
/** | |
* If true, display colors for entries in `values` when present. | |
*/ | |
show_colors?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s containing the [CatalogItemOptionValue](#type-catalogitemoptionvalue)s for this item. | |
*/ | |
values?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
/** | |
* The number of [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s currently associated with this item option. | |
* Present only if the `include_counts` was specified in the request. Any count over 100 will be returned as `100`. | |
*/ | |
item_count?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A list of item option values that can be assigned to item variations. | |
* For example, a t-shirt item may offer a color option or a size option. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItemOptionForItem { | |
/** | |
* The unique id of the item option, used to form the dimensions of the item option matrix in a specified order. | |
*/ | |
item_option_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* An enumerated value that can link a [CatalogItemVariation(#type-catalogitemvariation) to an item option as | |
* one of its item option values. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItemOptionValue { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID of the associated item option. | |
*/ | |
item_option_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Name of this item option value. Searchable. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The option value's human-readable description. | |
*/ | |
description?: string; | |
/** | |
* The HTML color for this value in the format #FFRRGGBB or #RRGGBB (e.g., \"#ff8d4e85\"). | |
* Only displayed if parent Item Option's `show_colors` flag is enabled. value. | |
*/ | |
color?: string; | |
/** | |
* Determines where this option value appears in a list of option values. | |
*/ | |
ordinal?: number; | |
/** | |
* The number of [CatalogItemVariation(#type-catalogitemvariation)s that currently make use of this Item Option value. | |
* Present only if `retrieve_counts` was specified on the request used to retrieve the parent Item Option of this value. | |
* Maximum: 100 counts. | |
*/ | |
item_variation_count?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A [CatalogItemOptionValue](#type-catalogitemoptionvalue) links an item variation to an item option as an item option value. | |
* For example, a t-shirt item may offer a color option and a size option. An item option value would represent each | |
* variation of t-shirt: For example, “Color:Red, Size:Small” or “Color:Blue, Size:Medium”. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItemOptionValueForItemVariation { | |
/** | |
* The unique id of an item option. | |
*/ | |
item_option_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The unique id of the selected value for the item option. | |
*/ | |
item_option_value_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The type of a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). Connect V2 only allows the creation of `REGULAR` or `APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE` items. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItemProductType { } | |
/** | |
* An item variation (i.e., product) in the Catalog object model. Each item may have a maximum of 250 item variations. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogItemVariation { | |
/** | |
* The ID of the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) associated with this item variation. Searchable. | |
*/ | |
item_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item variation's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item variation's SKU, if any. Searchable. | |
*/ | |
sku?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item variation's UPC, if any. Searchable in the Connect API. This field is only exposed in the Connect API. | |
* It is not exposed in Square's Dashboard, Square Point of Sale app or Retail Point of Sale app. | |
*/ | |
upc?: string; | |
/** | |
* The order in which this item variation should be displayed. This value is read-only. On writes, the ordinal for | |
* each item variation within a parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is set according to the item variations's | |
* position. On reads, the value is not guaranteed to be sequential or unique. | |
*/ | |
ordinal?: number; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. | |
* See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
pricing_type?: CatalogItemVariation.PricingTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The item variation's price, if fixed pricing is used. | |
*/ | |
price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Per-[location](#type-location) price and inventory overrides. | |
*/ | |
location_overrides?: Array<ItemVariationLocationOverrides>; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the variation. | |
*/ | |
track_inventory?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its | |
* `inventory_alert_threshold`. See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
inventory_alert_type?: CatalogItemVariation.InventoryAlertTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is | |
* `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer. | |
*/ | |
inventory_alert_threshold?: number; | |
/** | |
* Arbitrary user metadata to associate with the item variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters. Searchable. | |
*/ | |
user_data?: string; | |
/** | |
* If the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) that owns this item variation is of type `APPOINTMENTS_SERVICE`, then | |
* this is the duration of the service in milliseconds. For example, a 30 minute appointment would have the value | |
* `1800000`, which is equal to 30 (minutes) * 60 (seconds per minute) * 1000 (milliseconds per second). | |
*/ | |
service_duration?: number; | |
/** | |
* List of item option values associated with this item variation. Listed in the same order as the item options of the parent item. | |
*/ | |
item_option_values?: Array<CatalogItemOptionValueForItemVariation>; | |
/** | |
* ID of the ‘CatalogMeasurementUnit’ that is used to measure the quantity sold of this item variation. If left unset, the item will be sold in whole quantities. | |
*/ | |
measurement_unit_id?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace CatalogItemVariation { | |
export type PricingTypeEnum = | |
'FIXED_PRICING' | | |
'VARIABLE_PRICING'; | |
export type InventoryAlertTypeEnum = | |
'NONE' | | |
'LOW_QUANTITY'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents the unit used to measure a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) and specifies | |
* the precision for decimal quantities. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogMeasurementUnit { | |
/** | |
* Indicates the unit used to measure the quantity of a catalog item variation. | |
*/ | |
measurement_unit?: MeasurementUnit; | |
/** | |
* Represents the maximum number of positions allowed after the decimal in quantities measured with this unit. | |
* For example, if the precision is 2, then an itemization’s quantity can be 0.01, 0.12, etc. Min: 0, Max: 5, Default: 3. | |
*/ | |
precision?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A modifier in the Catalog object model. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogModifier { | |
/** | |
* The modifier's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The modifier's price. | |
*/ | |
price_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A modifier list in the Catalog object model. A [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) contains | |
* [Modifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s that can be applied to a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) at the time of sale. | |
* For example, a modifier list "Condiments" that would apply to a "Hot Dog" [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) might | |
* contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s "Ketchup", "Mustard", and "Relish". | |
* The `selection_type` field specifies whether or not multiple selections from the modifier list are allowed. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogModifierList { | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)'s name. Searchable. | |
* This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether multiple options from the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) can be applied to a | |
* single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
* See [CatalogModifierListSelectionType](#type-catalogmodifierlistselectiontype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
selection_type?: CatalogModifierList.SelectionTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The options included in the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist). You must include at least one | |
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). Each [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) must have type `MODIFIER` and | |
* contain [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) data. | |
*/ | |
modifiers?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
} | |
export namespace CatalogModifierList { | |
export type SelectionTypeEnum = | |
'SINGLE' | | |
'MULTIPLE'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) supports multiple selections. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogModifierListSelectionType { } | |
export class CatalogModifierOverride { | |
/** | |
* The ID of the [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) whose default behavior is being overridden. | |
*/ | |
modifier_id: string; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, this [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) should be selected by default for this | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
on_by_default?: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The wrapper object for object types in the Catalog data model. | |
* The type of a particular `CatalogObject` is determined by the value of `type` and only the corresponding data field may be set. | |
* - if type = `ITEM`, only `item_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) object. | |
* - if type = `ITEM_VARIATION`, only `item_variation_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) object. | |
* - if type = `MODIFIER`, only `modifier_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) object. | |
* - if type = `MODIFIER_LIST`, only `modifier_list_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) object. | |
* - if type = `CATEGORY`, only `category_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory) object. | |
* - if type = `DISCOUNT`, only `discount_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount) object. | |
* - if type = `TAX`, only `tax_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) object. | |
* - if type = `IMAGE`, only `image_data` will be populated and it will contain a valid [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage) object. | |
* For a more detailed discussion of the Catalog data model, please see the [Design a Catalog](/catalog-api/design-a-catalog) guide. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogObject { | |
/** | |
* The type of this object. Each object type has expected properties expressed in a structured format within its | |
* corresponding `*_data` field below. See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type: CatalogObject.TypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* An identifier to reference this object in the catalog. When a new CatalogObject is inserted, the client should | |
* set the id to a temporary identifier starting with a `'#'` character. Other objects being inserted or updated | |
* within the same request may use this identifier to refer to the new object. When the server receives the new | |
* object, it will supply a unique identifier that replaces the temporary identifier for all future references. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* Last modification [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC 3339 format, e.g., `\"2016-08-15T23:59:33.123Z\"` would | |
* indicate the UTC time (denoted by `Z`) of August 15, 2016 at 23:59:33 and 123 milliseconds. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The version of the object. When updating an object, the version supplied must match the version in the database, | |
* otherwise the write will be rejected as conflicting. | |
*/ | |
version?: number; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the object has been deleted from the database. Must be `false` for new objects being inserted. When | |
* deleted, the `updated_at` field will equal the deletion time. | |
*/ | |
is_deleted?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The Connect V1 IDs for this object at each [location](#type-location) where it is present, where they differ from | |
* the object's Connect V2 ID. The field will only be present for objects that have been created or modified by | |
* legacy APIs. | |
*/ | |
catalog_v1_ids?: Array<CatalogV1Id>; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, this object is present at all locations (including future locations), except where specified in the | |
* `absent_at_location_ids` field. If `false`, this object is not present at any locations (including future | |
* locations), except where specified in the `present_at_location_ids` field. If not specified, defaults to `true`. | |
*/ | |
present_at_all_locations?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* A list of locations where the object is present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `false`. | |
*/ | |
present_at_location_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* A list of locations where the object is not present, even if `present_at_all_locations` is `true`. | |
*/ | |
absent_at_location_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Identifies the `CatalogImage` attached to this `CatalogObject`. | |
*/ | |
image_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM`. | |
*/ | |
item_data?: CatalogItem; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), set for CatalogObjects of type `CATEGORY`. | |
*/ | |
category_data?: CatalogCategory; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM_VARIATION`. | |
*/ | |
item_variation_data?: CatalogItemVariation; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), set for CatalogObjects of type `TAX`. | |
*/ | |
tax_data?: CatalogTax; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount), set for CatalogObjects of type `DISCOUNT`. | |
*/ | |
discount_data?: CatalogDiscount; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER_LIST`. | |
*/ | |
modifier_list_data?: CatalogModifierList; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier), set for CatalogObjects of type `MODIFIER`. | |
*/ | |
modifier_data?: CatalogModifier; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogTimePeriod](#type-catalogtimeperiod), set for CatalogObjects of type `TIME_PERIOD`. | |
*/ | |
time_period_data?: CatalogTimePeriod; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogProductSet](#type-catalogproductset), set for CatalogObjects of type `PRODUCT_SET`. | |
*/ | |
product_set_data?: CatalogProductSet; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogPricingRule](#type-catalogpricingrule), set for CatalogObjects of type `PRICING_RULE`. | |
*/ | |
pricing_rule_data?: CatalogPricingRule; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage), set for CatalogObjects of type `IMAGE`. | |
*/ | |
image_data?: CatalogImage; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogMeasurementUnit](#type-catalogmeasurementunit), set for CatalogObjects of type `MEASUREMENT_UNIT`. | |
*/ | |
measurement_unit_data?: CatalogMeasurementUnit; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogItemOption](#type-catalogitemoption), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM_OPTION`. | |
*/ | |
item_option_data?: CatalogItemOption; | |
/** | |
* Structured data for a [CatalogItemOptionValue](#type-catalogitemoptionvalue), set for CatalogObjects of type `ITEM_OPTION_VAL`. | |
*/ | |
item_option_value_data?: CatalogItemOptionValue; | |
} | |
export namespace CatalogObject { | |
export type TypeEnum = | |
'ITEM' | | |
'IMAGE' | | |
'CATEGORY' | | |
'ITEM_VARIATION' | | |
'TAX' | | |
'DISCOUNT' | | |
'MODIFIER_LIST' | | |
'MODIFIER'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A batch of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogObjectBatch { | |
/** | |
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s belonging to this batch. | |
*/ | |
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Possible kinds of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned from the Catalog, each containing type-specific | |
* properties in the `*_data` field corresponding to the object type. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogObjectType { } | |
/** | |
* Defines how prices are modified or set for items that match the pricing rule during the active time period. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogPricingRule { | |
/** | |
* User-defined name for the pricing rule. For example, "Buy one get one free" or "10% off". | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Unique ID for the [CatalogTimePeriod](#type-catalogtimeperiod)s when this pricing rule is in effect. | |
* If left unset, the pricing rule is always in effect. | |
*/ | |
time_period_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Unique ID for the [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount) to take off the price of all matched items. | |
* Only one of `total_price_money`, `item_price`, or `discount` can be supplied. | |
*/ | |
discount_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Unique ID for the [CatalogProductSet](#type-catalogproductset) that will be matched by this rule. | |
* A match rule matches within the entire cart. | |
*/ | |
match_products_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogProductSet](#type-catalogproductset) to apply the pricing rule to within the set of matched products | |
* specified by `match_products_id`. An apply rule can only match once within the set of matched products. | |
* If left unset, the pricing rule will be applied to all products within the set of matched products. | |
*/ | |
apply_products_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Identifies the [CatalogProductSet](#type-catalogproductset) to exclude from this pricing rule. | |
* An exclude rule matches within the subset of the cart that fits the match rules (the match set). | |
* An exclude rule can only match once in the match set. If not supplied, the pricing will be applied to all products | |
* in the match set. Other products retain their base price, or a price generated by other rules. | |
*/ | |
exclude_products_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Represents the date the Pricing Rule is valid from. Represented in RFC3339 full-date format (YYYY-MM-DD). | |
*/ | |
valid_from_date?: string; | |
/** | |
* Represents the local time the pricing rule should be valid from. Time zone is determined by the device running the | |
* Point of Sale app. Represented in RFC3339 partial-time format (HH:MM:SS). Partial seconds will be truncated. | |
*/ | |
valid_from_local_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* Represents the date the pricing rule will become inactive. Represented in RFC3339 full-date format (YYYY-MM-DD). | |
*/ | |
valid_until_date?: string; | |
/** | |
* Represents the local time at which the pricing rule will become inactive. Time zone is determined by the device running the | |
* Point of Sale app. Represented in RFC3339 partial-time format (HH:MM:SS). Partial seconds will be truncated. | |
*/ | |
valid_until_local_time?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the price of a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) should be entered manually at the | |
* time of sale. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogPricingType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a collection of catalog objects for the purpose of applying a [PricingRule](#type-pricingrule). | |
* Including a catalog object will include all of its subtypes. For example, including a category in a product set will | |
* include all of its items and associated item variations in the product set. | |
* Including an item in a product set will also include its item variations. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogProductSet { | |
/** | |
* User-defined name for the product set. For example, "Clearance Items" or "Winter Sale Items". | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Unique IDs for any [CatalogObjects](#type-catalogobject)s to include in this product set. | |
* Any number of these catalog objects can be in an order for a pricing rule to apply. | |
* This can be used with `product_ids_all` in a parent [CatalogProductSet](#type-catalogproductset) to match | |
* groups of products for a bulk discount, such as a discount for an entree and side combo. | |
* Only one of `product_ids_all`, `product_ids_any`, or `all_products` can be set. Max: 500 catalog object IDs. | |
*/ | |
product_ids_any?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Unique IDs for [CatalogObjects](#type-catalogobject) to include in this product set. | |
* All objects in this set must be included in an order for a pricing rule to apply. | |
* Only one of `product_ids_all`, `product_ids_any`, or `all_products` can be set. Max: 500 catalog object IDs. | |
*/ | |
product_ids_all?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* If set, there must be exactly this many items from `products_any` or `products_all` in the cart for the discount to apply. | |
* Cannot be combined with either `quantity_min` or `quantity_max`. | |
*/ | |
quantity_exact?: number; | |
/** | |
* If set, there must be at least this many items from `products_any` or `products_all` in a cart for the discount to apply. | |
* See `quantity_exact`. Defaults to 0 if `quantity_exact`, `quantity_min` and `quantity_max` are all unspecified. | |
*/ | |
quantity_min?: number; | |
/** | |
* If set, the pricing rule will apply to a maximum of this many items from `products_any` or `products_all`. | |
*/ | |
quantity_max?: number; | |
/** | |
* If set to `true`, the product set will include every item in the catalog. | |
* Only one of `product_ids_all`, `product_ids_any`, or `all_products` can be set. | |
*/ | |
all_products?: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A query to be applied to a [SearchCatalogObjectsRequest](#type-searchcatalogobjectsrequest). Only one query field may be present. | |
* Where an attribute name is required, it should be specified as the name of any field marked "searchable" from the structured | |
* data types for the desired result object type(s): | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), | |
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), | |
* [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), | |
* [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax), | |
* [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount), | |
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist), | |
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) | |
* For example, a query that should return Items may specify attribute names from any of the searchable fields of | |
* the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) data type, namely "name", "description", and "abbreviation". | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogQuery { | |
/** | |
* A query that returns all objects, sorted by the given attribute. | |
*/ | |
sorted_attribute_query?: CatalogQuerySortedAttribute; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive | |
* value. | |
*/ | |
exact_query?: CatalogQueryExact; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns only objects for which the given (string-valued) attribute has the given case-insensitive | |
* prefix. | |
*/ | |
prefix_query?: CatalogQueryPrefix; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns only objects for which the given (integer-valued) attribute lies in the given range. | |
*/ | |
range_query?: CatalogQueryRange; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns only objects whose searchable attributes contain all of the given keywords as prefixes. For | |
* example, if a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) contains attributes `{"name": "t-shirt"}` and | |
* `{"description": "Small, Purple"}`, it will be matched by the query `{"keywords": ["shirt", "sma", "purp"]}`. | |
*/ | |
text_query?: CatalogQueryText; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given | |
* [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es enabled. | |
*/ | |
items_for_tax_query?: CatalogQueryItemsForTax; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have any of the given | |
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s enabled. | |
*/ | |
items_for_modifier_list_query?: CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s that have all of the given | |
* [CatalogItemOption](#type-catalogitemoption)s. | |
*/ | |
items_for_item_options_query?: CatalogQueryItemsForItemOptions; | |
/** | |
* A query that returns all [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariations)s that have all of the given | |
* [CatalogItemOption](#type-catalogitemoption) values. | |
*/ | |
item_variations_for_item_option_values_query?: CatalogQueryItemVariationsForItemOptionValues; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryExact { | |
/** | |
* The name of the attribute to be searched. | |
*/ | |
attribute_name: string; | |
/** | |
* The desired value of the search attribute. | |
*/ | |
attribute_value: string; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryItemVariationsForItemOptionValues { | |
/** | |
* A set of [CatalogItemOptionValue](#type-catalogitemoptionvalue) IDs to be used to find associated | |
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s. All ItemVariations that contain all of the given | |
* Item Option Values (in any order) will be returned. | |
*/ | |
item_option_value_ids?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryItemsForItemOptions { | |
/** | |
* A set of [CatalogItemOption](#type-catalogitemoption) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s. | |
* All Items that contain all of the given Item Options (in any order) will be returned. | |
*/ | |
item_option_ids?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList { | |
/** | |
* A set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) IDs to be used to find associated | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s. | |
*/ | |
modifier_list_ids: Array<string>; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryItemsForTax { | |
/** | |
* A set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) IDs to be used to find associated [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s. | |
*/ | |
tax_ids: Array<string>; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryPrefix { | |
/** | |
* The name of the attribute to be searched. | |
*/ | |
attribute_name: string; | |
/** | |
* The desired prefix of the search attribute value. | |
*/ | |
attribute_prefix: string; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryRange { | |
/** | |
* The name of the attribute to be searched. | |
*/ | |
attribute_name: string; | |
/** | |
* The desired minimum value for the search attribute (inclusive). | |
*/ | |
attribute_min_value?: number; | |
/** | |
* The desired maximum value for the search attribute (inclusive). | |
*/ | |
attribute_max_value?: number; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQuerySortedAttribute { | |
/** | |
* The attribute whose value should be used as the sort key. | |
*/ | |
attribute_name: string; | |
/** | |
* The first attribute value to be returned by the query. Ascending sorts will return only objects with this value | |
* or greater, while descending sorts will return only objects with this value or less. | |
* If unset, start at the beginning (for ascending sorts) or end (for descending sorts). | |
*/ | |
initial_attribute_value?: string; | |
/** | |
* The desired [SortOrder](#type-sortorder), "ASC" (ascending) or "DESC" (descending). | |
* See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
} | |
export class CatalogQueryText { | |
/** | |
* A list of one, two, or three search keywords. Keywords with fewer than three characters are ignored. | |
*/ | |
keywords: Array<string>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A tax in the Catalog object model. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogTax { | |
/** | |
* The tax's name. Searchable. This field has max length of 255 Unicode code points. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Whether the tax is calculated based on a payment's subtotal or total. | |
* See [TaxCalculationPhase](#type-taxcalculationphase) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
calculation_phase?: CatalogTax.CalculationPhaseEnum; | |
/** | |
* Whether the tax is `ADDITIVE` or `INCLUSIVE`. See [TaxInclusionType](#type-taxinclusiontype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
inclusion_type?: TaxTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The percentage of the tax in decimal form, using a '.' as the decimal separator and without a '%' sign. | |
* A value of `7.5` corresponds to 7.5%. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into the Square Point of Sale app that are not associated | |
* with a particular [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
applies_to_custom_amounts?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the tax will be shown as enabled in the Square Point of Sale app. | |
*/ | |
enabled?: boolean; | |
} | |
export namespace CatalogTax { | |
export type CalculationPhaseEnum = | |
'TAX_SUBTOTAL_PHASE' | | |
'TAX_TOTAL_PHASE'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a time period - either a single period or a repeating period. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogTimePeriod { | |
/** | |
* An iCalendar (RFC5545) [event](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.6.1), which specifies the name, | |
* timing, duration and recurrence of this time period. | |
* Example: `DTSTART:20190707T180000 DURATION:P2H RRULE:FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,WE,FR` | |
* Only `SUMMARY`, `DTSTART`, `DURATION` and `RRULE` fields are supported. | |
* `DTSTART` must be in local (unzoned) time format. Note that while `BEGIN:VEVENT` and `END:VEVENT` | |
* is not required in the request. The response will always include them. | |
*/ | |
event?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* An Items Connect V1 object ID along with its associated [location](#type-location) ID. | |
*/ | |
export class CatalogV1Id { | |
/** | |
* The ID for an object in Connect V1, if different from its Connect V2 ID. | |
*/ | |
catalog_v1_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the [location](#type-location) this Connect V1 ID is associated with. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the Charge endpoint. | |
* Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [CreatePayment](#endpoint-payments-createpayment) | |
*/ | |
export class ChargeRequest { | |
/** | |
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this transaction among transactions you've created. | |
* If you're unsure whether a particular transaction succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key | |
* without worrying about double-charging the buyer. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money to charge. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable | |
* currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* See [Working with monetary amounts] (#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. | |
* The value of `currency` must match the currency associated with the business that is charging the card. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* A nonce generated from the `SqPaymentForm` that represents the card to charge. The application that provides a | |
* nonce to this endpoint must be the _same application_ that generated the nonce with the `SqPaymentForm`. | |
* Otherwise, the nonce is invalid. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`. | |
*/ | |
card_nonce?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the customer card on file to charge. Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `card_nonce`. | |
* If you provide this value, you _must_ also provide a value for `customer_id`. | |
*/ | |
customer_card_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the request will only perform an Auth on the provided card. You can then later perform either a | |
* Capture (with the [CaptureTransaction](#endpoint-capturetransaction) endpoint) or a Void (with the | |
* [VoidTransaction](#endpoint-voidtransaction) endpoint). Default value: `false`. | |
*/ | |
delay_capture?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* An optional ID you can associate with the transaction for your own purposes (such as to associate the transaction | |
* with an entity ID in your own database). This value cannot exceed 40 characters. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional note to associate with the transaction. This value cannot exceed 60 characters. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the customer to associate this transaction with. | |
* This field is required if you provide a value for `customer_card_id`, and optional otherwise. | |
*/ | |
customer_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's billing address. | |
*/ | |
billing_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's shipping address, if available. | |
*/ | |
shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's email address, if available. | |
*/ | |
buyer_email_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the order to associate with this transaction. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value of | |
* your request must __exactly match__ the value of the order's `total_money` field. | |
*/ | |
order_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be | |
* split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be | |
* more than 90% of the `amount_money` value in the charge request. The `location_id` must be the valid location of | |
* the app owner merchant. This field requires the `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. | |
* This field is currently not supported in sandbox. | |
*/ | |
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>; | |
/** | |
* An identifying token generated by `SqPaymentForm.verifyBuyer()`. Verification tokens encapsulate customer device | |
* information and 3-D Secure challenge results to indicate that Square has verified the buyer identity. | |
*/ | |
verification_token?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents an additional recipient (other than the merchant) entitled to a portion of the tender. Support is | |
* currently limited to USD, CAD and GBP currencies | |
*/ | |
export class ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient { | |
/** | |
* The location ID for a recipient (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of the tender. | |
*/ | |
location_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The description of the additional recipient. | |
*/ | |
description: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money distributed to the recipient. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `transaction` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ChargeResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The created transaction. | |
*/ | |
transaction?: Transaction; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Square Checkout lets merchants accept online payments for supported payment types using a checkout workflow hosted on squareup.com. | |
*/ | |
export class Checkout { | |
/** | |
* ID generated by Square Checkout when a new checkout is requested. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The URL that the buyer's browser should be redirected to after the checkout is completed. | |
*/ | |
checkout_page_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the | |
* transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`. | |
*/ | |
ask_for_shipping_address?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can | |
* use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary | |
* email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
merchant_support_email?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. | |
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
pre_populate_buyer_email?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. | |
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
pre_populate_shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and | |
* `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is | |
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: | |
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` | |
* If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; | |
* however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and | |
* finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow. | |
*/ | |
redirect_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* Order to be checked out. | |
*/ | |
order?: Order; | |
/** | |
* The time when the checkout was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this checkout. For example, fees assessed | |
* on the purchase by a third party integration. | |
*/ | |
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Completes a payment. By default, payments are set to autocomplete immediately after they are created. | |
* To complete payments manually, set `autocomplete` to false. | |
*/ | |
export class CompletePaymentRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Return value from a [CompletePayment](#endpoint-payments-completepayment) call. | |
*/ | |
export class CompletePaymentResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The successfully completed `Payment`. | |
*/ | |
payment?: Payment; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Latitude and longitude coordinates. | |
*/ | |
export class Coordinates { | |
/** | |
* The coordinate's latitude expressed in degrees. | |
*/ | |
latitude?: number; | |
/** | |
* The coordinate's longitude expressed in degrees. | |
*/ | |
longitude?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the country associated with another entity, such as a business. Values are in [ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 | |
* format](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/country_codes.htm). | |
*/ | |
export class Country { } | |
/** | |
* A request to create a new `BreakType`. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateBreakTypeRequest { | |
/** | |
* Unique string value to insure idempotency of the operation. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key?: string; | |
/** | |
* The `BreakType` to be created. | |
*/ | |
break_type: BreakType; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to the request to create a `BreakType`. Contains the created `BreakType` object. | |
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateBreakTypeResponse { | |
/** | |
* The `BreakType` that was created by the request. | |
*/ | |
break_type?: BreakType; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the CreateCheckout endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateCheckoutRequest { | |
/** | |
* A unique string that identifies this checkout among others you've created. It can be any valid string but must be | |
* unique for every order sent to Square Checkout for a given location ID. The idempotency key is used to avoid | |
* processing the same order more than once. If you're unsure whether a particular checkout was created | |
* successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key and all the same other parameters without | |
* worrying about creating duplicates. We recommend using a random number/string generator native to the language | |
* you are working in to generate strings for your idempotency keys. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) | |
* for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* The order including line items to be checked out. | |
*/ | |
order: CreateOrderRequest; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, Square Checkout will collect shipping information on your behalf and store that information with the | |
* transaction information in your Square Dashboard. Default: `false`. | |
*/ | |
ask_for_shipping_address?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The email address to display on the Square Checkout confirmation page and confirmation email that the buyer can | |
* use to contact the merchant. If this value is not set, the confirmation page and email will display the primary | |
* email address associated with the merchant's Square account. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
merchant_support_email?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, the buyer's email is pre-populated on the checkout page as an editable text field. | |
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
pre_populate_buyer_email?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, the buyer's shipping info is pre-populated on the checkout page as editable text fields. | |
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
pre_populate_shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The URL to redirect to after checkout is completed with `checkoutId`, Square's `orderId`, `transactionId`, and | |
* `referenceId` appended as URL parameters. For example, if the provided redirect_url is | |
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete`, a successful transaction redirects the customer to: | |
* `http://www.example.com/order-complete?checkoutId=xxxxxx&orderId=xxxxxx&referenceId=xxxxxx&transactionId=xxxxxx` | |
* If you do not provide a redirect URL, Square Checkout will display an order confirmation page on your behalf; | |
* however Square strongly recommends that you provide a redirect URL so you can verify the transaction results and | |
* finalize the order through your existing/normal confirmation workflow. | |
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
redirect_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The basic primitive of multi-party transaction. The value is optional. The transaction facilitated by you can be | |
* split from here. If you provide this value, the `amount_money` value in your additional_recipients must not be | |
* more than 90% of the `total_money` calculated by Square for your order. The `location_id` must be the valid | |
* location of the app owner merchant. This field requires `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission. | |
* This field is currently not supported in sandbox. | |
*/ | |
additional_recipients?: Array<ChargeRequestAdditionalRecipient>; | |
/** | |
* An optional note to associate with the checkout object. This value cannot exceed 60 characters. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateCheckout endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateCheckoutResponse { | |
/** | |
* The newly created checkout. If the same request was made with the same idempotency_key, this will be the checkout | |
* created with the idempotency_key. | |
*/ | |
checkout?: Checkout; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the request body of a request to the CreateCustomerCard endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateCustomerCardRequest { | |
/** | |
* A card nonce representing the credit card to link to the customer. | |
* Card nonces are generated by the `SqPaymentForm` that buyers enter their card information into. | |
* See [Embedding the payment form](/payment-form/payment-form-walkthrough) for more information. | |
* @note Card nonces generated by digital wallets (e.g., Apple Pay) cannot be used to create a customer card. | |
*/ | |
card_nonce: string; | |
/** | |
* Address information for the card on file. Only the `postal_code` field is required for payments in the US and Canada. | |
*/ | |
billing_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The full name printed on the credit card. | |
*/ | |
cardholder_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* An identifying token generated by `SqPaymentForm.verifyBuyer()`. Verification tokens encapsulate customer device | |
* information and 3-D Secure challenge results to indicate that Square has verified the buyer identity. | |
*/ | |
verification_token?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateCustomerCard endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `card` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class CreateCustomerCardResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The created card on file. | |
*/ | |
card?: Card; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the CreateCustomer endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateCustomerRequest { | |
/** | |
* The idempotency key for the request. See the [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) guide for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's given (i.e., first) name. | |
*/ | |
given_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's family (i.e., last) name. | |
*/ | |
family_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the customer's company. | |
*/ | |
company_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* A nickname for the customer. | |
*/ | |
nickname?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's email address. | |
*/ | |
email_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's physical address. | |
*/ | |
address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The customer's phone number. | |
*/ | |
phone_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional note to associate with the customer. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: | |
* `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on | |
* September 1st 1998. | |
*/ | |
birthday?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateCustomer endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class CreateCustomerResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The created customer. | |
*/ | |
customer?: Customer; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the CreateMobileAuthorizationCode endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest { | |
/** | |
* The Square location ID the authorization code should be tied to. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateMobileAuthorizationCode endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse { | |
/** | |
* Generated authorization code that connects a mobile application instance to a Square account. | |
*/ | |
authorization_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The timestamp when `authorization_code` expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, | |
* e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
expires_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* An error object that provides details about how creation of authorization code failed. | |
*/ | |
error?: Error; | |
} | |
export class CreateOrderRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order to create. If this field is set, then the only other top-level field that can be set is the idempotency_key. | |
*/ | |
order?: Order; | |
/** | |
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this order among orders you've created. If you're unsure whether a | |
* particular order was created successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without worrying | |
* about creating duplicate orders. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key?: string; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please set the reference_id on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. An optional ID you can | |
* associate with the order for your own purposes (such as to associate the order with an entity ID in your own database). | |
* This value cannot exceed 40 characters. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please set the line_items on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The line items to | |
* associate with this order. Each line item represents a different product to include in a purchase. | |
*/ | |
line_items?: Array<CreateOrderRequestLineItem>; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please set the taxes on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. The taxes to include on the order. | |
*/ | |
taxes?: Array<CreateOrderRequestTax>; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please set the discounts on the nested [order](#type-order) field instead. | |
* The discounts to include on the order. | |
*/ | |
discounts?: Array<CreateOrderRequestDiscount>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItemDiscount](#type-orderlineitemdiscount) type in the order field of | |
* [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a discount that can apply to either a single line | |
* item or an entire order. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateOrderRequestDiscount { | |
/** | |
* Only used for catalog discounts. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount). | |
* Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc discount. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc discounts. The discount's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc discounts. The percentage of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc discounts. The monetary amount of the discount. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItem](#type-orderlineitem) type in the order field of | |
* [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. Represents a line item to include in an order. Each line | |
* item describes a different product to purchase, with its own quantity and price details. Line items can either | |
* reference objects from the merchant's catalog, or can alternatively specify a name and price instead. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateOrderRequestLineItem { | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc line items. The name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters. | |
* Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The quantity to purchase, as a string representation of a number. | |
* This string must have a positive integer value. | |
*/ | |
quantity: string; | |
/** | |
* The base price for a single unit of the line item. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc line items and | |
* variable priced [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation)s. If both `catalog_object_id` and | |
* `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the CatalogItemVariation's price. | |
*/ | |
base_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc line items. The variation name of the line item. This value cannot exceed 255 characters. | |
* If this value is not set for an ad hoc line item, the default value of `Regular` is used. | |
* Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for the `catalog_object_id`. | |
*/ | |
variation_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The note of the line item. This value cannot exceed 500 characters. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for Catalog line items. The catalog object ID for an existing [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation). | |
* Do not provide a value for this field if you provide a value for `name` and `base_price_money`. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for Catalog line items. The modifiers to include on the line item. | |
*/ | |
modifiers?: Array<CreateOrderRequestModifier>; | |
/** | |
* The taxes to include on the line item. | |
*/ | |
taxes?: Array<CreateOrderRequestTax>; | |
/** | |
* The discounts to include on the line item. | |
*/ | |
discounts?: Array<CreateOrderRequestDiscount>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItemModifier](#type-orderlineitemmodifier) type instead. Represents a | |
* modifier applied to a single line item. Modifiers can reference existing objects in a merchant catalog or be | |
* constructed ad hoc at the time of purchase by providing a name and price. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateOrderRequestModifier { | |
/** | |
* The catalog object ID of a [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc modifiers. The name of the modifier. `name` cannot exceed 255 characters. Do not provide a | |
* value for `name` if you provide a value for `catalog_object_id`. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both | |
* `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined | |
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price. | |
*/ | |
base_price_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* @deprecated Please use the [OrderLineItemTax](#type-orderlineitemtax) type in the order field of | |
* [CreateOrderRequest](#type-createorderrequest) instead. | |
* Represents a tax that can apply to either a single line item or an entire order. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateOrderRequestTax { | |
/** | |
* Only used for catalog taxes. The catalog object ID of an existing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax). | |
* Do not provide a value for this field if you provide values in other fields for an ad hoc tax. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc taxes. The tax's name. Do not provide a value for this field if you set `catalog_object_id`. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc taxes. Indicates the calculation method used to apply the line item tax. | |
* Default: `ADDITIVE`; See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values. | |
* See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: TaxTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* Only used for ad hoc taxes. The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. This value range between 0.0 up to 100.0. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the CreateOrder endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `order` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class CreateOrderResponse { | |
/** | |
* The newly created order. | |
*/ | |
order?: Order; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Creates a payment from the source (nonce, card on file, etc.). | |
* The `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission is required to enable application fees. | |
* For more information, see [Payments and Refunds Overview](/payments-api/overview). | |
* For information about application fees in a payment, see [Collect Fees](/payments-api/take-payments-and-collect-fees). | |
*/ | |
export class CreatePaymentRequest { | |
/** | |
* The ID for the source of funds for this payment. | |
* This can be a nonce generated by the Payment Form or a card on file made with the Customers API. | |
*/ | |
source_id: string; | |
/** | |
* A unique string that identifies this CreatePayment request. | |
* Keys can be any valid string but must be unique for every CreatePayment request. | |
* Max: 45 characters See [Idempotency keys](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money to accept for this payment, not including `tip_money`. | |
* Must be specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are | |
* specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](/build-basics/working-with-monetary-amounts) for details. | |
* The currency code must match the currency associated with the business that is accepting the payment. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount designated as a tip, in addition to `amount_money`. | |
* Must be specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are | |
* specified in cents. See [Working with monetary amounts](/build-basics/working-with-monetary-amounts) for details. | |
* The currency code must match the currency associated with the business that is accepting the payment. | |
*/ | |
tip_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money the developer is taking as a fee for facilitating the payment on behalf of the seller. | |
* Cannot be more than 90% of the total amount of the Payment. Must be specified in the smallest denomination of | |
* the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* See [Working with monetary amounts](/build-basics/working-with-monetary-amounts) for details. | |
* The currency code must match the currency associated with the business that is accepting the payment. | |
* For more information about the application fee scenario, see [Collect Fees](/payments-api/take-payments-and-collect-fees). | |
*/ | |
app_fee_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* If set to `true`, this payment will be completed when possible. | |
* If set to `false`, this payment will be held in an approved state until either explicitly completed or canceled. | |
* For more information, see [Delayed Payments](/payments-api/take-payments#delayed-payments). Default: true. | |
*/ | |
autocomplete?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Associate a previously created order with this payment. | |
*/ | |
order_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the customer associated with the payment. | |
* Required if the `source_id` refers to a card on file created using the Customers API. | |
*/ | |
customer_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The location ID to associate with the payment. If not specified, the default location is used. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A user-defined ID to associate with the payment. You can use this field to associate the payment to an entity | |
* in an external system. For example, you might specify an order ID that is generated by a third-party shopping cart. | |
* Limit 40 characters. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An identifying token generated by `SqPaymentForm.verifyBuyer()`. | |
* Verification tokens encapsulate customer device information and 3-D Secure challenge results to indicate that | |
* Square has verified the buyer identity. See the [SCA Overview](/sca-overview) for more. | |
*/ | |
verification_token?: string; | |
/** | |
* If set to true and charging a Square Gift Card, a payment may be returned with amount_money equal to less than | |
* what was requested. Example, a request for $20 when charging a Square Gift Card with balance of $5 wil result | |
* in an APPROVED payment of $5. You may choose to prompt the buyer for an additional payment to cover the remainder, | |
* or cancel the gift card payment. Cannot be `true` when `autocomplete = true For more information, | |
* see [Partial amount with Square gift cards](/payments-api/take-payments#partial-payment-gift-card). Default: false. | |
*/ | |
accept_partial_authorization?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's e-mail address | |
*/ | |
buyer_email_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's billing address. | |
*/ | |
billing_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's shipping address. | |
*/ | |
shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* An optional note to be entered by the developer when creating a payment. | |
* Limit 500 characters. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the | |
* [CreatePayment](#endpoint-payments-createpayment) endpoint. | |
* @note if there are errors processing the request, the payment field may not be present, or it may be present with a status of `FAILED`. | |
*/ | |
export class CreatePaymentResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The newly created payment. | |
*/ | |
payment?: Payment; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the body parameters that can be included in a request to the [CreateRefund](#endpoint-createrefund) endpoint. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [RefundPayment](#endpoint-refunds-refundpayment) | |
*/ | |
export class CreateRefundRequest { | |
/** | |
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this refund among refunds you've created for the tender. | |
* If you're unsure whether a particular refund succeeded, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without | |
* worrying about duplicating the refund. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the tender to refund. A [`Transaction`](#type-transaction) has one or more `tenders` (i.e., methods of payment) | |
* associated with it, and you refund each tender separately with the Connect API. | |
*/ | |
tender_id: string; | |
/** | |
* A description of the reason for the refund. Default value: `Refund via API` | |
*/ | |
reason?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money to refund. Note that you specify the amount in the __smallest denomination of the applicable | |
* currency__. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* See [Working with monetary amounts](#workingwithmonetaryamounts) for details. | |
* This amount cannot exceed the amount that was originally charged to the tender that corresponds to `tender_id`. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [CreateRefund](#endpoint-createrefund) endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `refund` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class CreateRefundResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The created refund. | |
*/ | |
refund?: Refund; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a request to create a `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateShiftRequest { | |
/** | |
* Unique string value to insure the idempotency of the operation. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key?: string; | |
/** | |
* The `Shift` to be created | |
*/ | |
shift: Shift; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to the request to create a `Shift`. Contains the created `Shift` object. May contain a set of `Error` | |
* objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class CreateShiftResponse { | |
/** | |
* The `Shift` that was created on the request. | |
*/ | |
shift?: Shift; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the associated currency for an amount of money. Values correspond to [ISO | |
* 4217](https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217). | |
*/ | |
export class Currency { } | |
/** | |
* Represents one of a business's customers, which can have one or more cards on file associated with it. | |
*/ | |
export class Customer { | |
/** | |
* The customer's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the customer was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the customer was last updated, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at: string; | |
/** | |
* The payment details of the customer's cards on file. | |
*/ | |
cards?: Array<Card>; | |
/** | |
* The customer's given (i.e., first) name. | |
*/ | |
given_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's family (i.e., last) name. | |
*/ | |
family_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's nickname. | |
*/ | |
nickname?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the customer's company. | |
*/ | |
company_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's email address. | |
*/ | |
email_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's physical address. | |
*/ | |
address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The customer's phone number. | |
*/ | |
phone_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: | |
* `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on | |
* September 1st 1998. | |
*/ | |
birthday?: string; | |
/** | |
* A second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note to associate with the customer. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's preferences. | |
*/ | |
preferences?: CustomerPreferences; | |
/** | |
* The groups the customer belongs to. | |
*/ | |
groups?: Array<CustomerGroupInfo>; | |
/** | |
* A creation source represents the method used to create the customer profile. | |
* See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
creation_source?: CustomerSourceEnum; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the method used to create the customer profile. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerCreationSource { } | |
/** | |
* Creation source filter. If one or more creation sources are set, customer profiles are included in, or excluded | |
* from, the result if they match at least one of the filter criteria. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerCreationSourceFilter { | |
/** | |
* The list of creation sources used as filtering criteria. | |
* See [CustomerCreationSource](#type-customercreationsource) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
values?: Array<CustomerSourceEnum>; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether a customer profile matching the filter criteria should be included in the result or excluded | |
* from the result. Default: `INCLUDE`. | |
* See [CustomerInclusionExclusion](#type-customerinclusionexclusion) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
rule?: CustomerCreationSourceFilter.RuleEnum; | |
} | |
export namespace CustomerCreationSourceFilter { | |
export type RuleEnum = | |
'INCLUDE' | | |
'EXCLUDE'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a set of [`CustomerQuery`](#type-customerquery) filters used to limit the set of Customers returned by | |
* [`SearchCustomers`](#endpoint-customers-seachcustomers). | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerFilter { | |
/** | |
* A filter to select customers based on their creation source. | |
*/ | |
creation_source?: CustomerCreationSourceFilter; | |
/** | |
* A filter to select customers based on when they were created. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: TimeRange; | |
/** | |
* A filter to select customers based on when they were updated. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: TimeRange; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains some brief information about a customer group with its identifier included. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerGroupInfo { | |
/** | |
* The ID of the customer group. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the customer group. | |
*/ | |
name: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether customers should be included in, or excluded from, the result set when they match the filtering criteria. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerInclusionExclusion { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a particular customer's preferences. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerPreferences { | |
/** | |
* The customer has unsubscribed from receiving marketing campaign emails. | |
*/ | |
email_unsubscribed?: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a query (filtering and sorting criteria) used to search for customer profiles. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerQuery { | |
/** | |
* A list of filter criteria. | |
*/ | |
filter?: CustomerFilter; | |
/** | |
* Sort criteria for query results. The default sort behavior is to order customers alphabetically by `given_name` | |
* and `last_name`. | |
*/ | |
sort?: CustomerSort; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the field to use for sorting customer profiles. | |
* For example, by total money spent with the merchant or the date of their first purchase. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerSort { | |
/** | |
* The field to sort the results on. It could be the total money spent at the merchant, the date of the first visit (etc). | |
* See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
field?: CustomerSort.FieldEnum; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the order in which results should be displayed based on the value of the sort field. | |
* String comparisons use standard alphabetic comparison to determine order. | |
* Strings representing numbers are sorted as strings. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
} | |
export namespace CustomerSort { | |
export type FieldEnum = | |
'DEFAULT' | | |
'CREATED_AT'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the sort criteria for a list of Customers. | |
*/ | |
export class CustomerSortField { } | |
/** | |
* A range defined by two dates. Used for filtering a query for Connect v2 objects that have date properties. | |
*/ | |
export class DateRange { | |
/** | |
* String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. | |
* The beginning of a date range (inclusive). | |
*/ | |
start_date?: string; | |
/** | |
* String in `YYYY-MM-DD` format, e.g. `2017-10-31` per the ISO 8601 extended format for calendar dates. | |
* The end of a date range (inclusive) | |
*/ | |
end_date?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the specific day of the week. | |
*/ | |
export class DayOfWeek { } | |
/** | |
* A request to delete a `BreakType` | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteBreakTypeRequest { } | |
/** | |
* The response to a request to delete a `BreakType`. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteBreakTypeResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
export class DeleteCatalogObjectRequest { } | |
export class DeleteCatalogObjectResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The IDs of all [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s deleted by this request. Multiple IDs may be returned when | |
* associated objects are also deleted, for example a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) will be | |
* deleted (and its ID included in this field) when its parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is deleted. | |
*/ | |
deleted_object_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this deletion in RFC 3339 format, e.g., | |
* \"2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z\". | |
*/ | |
deleted_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the DeleteCustomerCard endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteCustomerCardRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the DeleteCustomerCard endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteCustomerCardResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in a request to the DeleteCustomer endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteCustomerRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the DeleteCustomer endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteCustomerResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request to delete a `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteShiftRequest { } | |
/** | |
* The response to a request to delete a `Shift`. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class DeleteShiftResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
export class Device { | |
/** | |
* The device's Square-issued ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The device's merchant-specified name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* An employee created in the **Square Dashboard** account of a business. Used by the Labor API. | |
*/ | |
export class Employee { | |
/** | |
* UUID for this `Employee`. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Given (first) name of the employee. | |
*/ | |
first_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Family (last) name of the employee | |
*/ | |
last_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Email of the employee | |
*/ | |
email?: string; | |
/** | |
* Phone number of the employee in E.164 format, i.e. "+12125554250" | |
*/ | |
phone_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* A list of location IDs where this employee has access. | |
*/ | |
location_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Specifies the status of the employee being fetched. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: ActivityStatusEnum; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The status of the Employee being retrieved. | |
*/ | |
export class EmployeeStatus { } | |
/** | |
* The hourly wage rate that an employee will earn on a `Shift` for doing the job specified by the `title` property of this object. | |
*/ | |
export class EmployeeWage { | |
/** | |
* UUID for this object. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The `Employee` that this wage is assigned to. | |
*/ | |
employee_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The job title that this wage relates to. | |
*/ | |
title?: string; | |
/** | |
* Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per | |
* week. | |
*/ | |
hourly_rate?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates which high-level category of error has occurred during a request to the Connect API. | |
*/ | |
export class ErrorCategory { } | |
/** | |
* Indicates the specific error that occurred during a request to a Square API. | |
*/ | |
export class ErrorCode { } | |
/** | |
* A request to GET a `BreakType` by ID. | |
*/ | |
export class GetBreakTypeRequest { } | |
/** | |
* The response to a request to get a `BreakType`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects. | |
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class GetBreakTypeResponse { | |
/** | |
* The response object. | |
*/ | |
break_type?: BreakType; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request to get an `EmployeeWage` | |
*/ | |
export class GetEmployeeWageRequest { } | |
/** | |
* A response to a request to get an `EmployeeWage`. Contains the requested `EmployeeWage` objects. | |
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class GetEmployeeWageResponse { | |
/** | |
* The requested `EmployeeWage` object. | |
*/ | |
employee_wage?: EmployeeWage; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Retrieves a specific `Refund` using the `refund_id`. | |
*/ | |
export class GetPaymentRefundRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the | |
* [GetRefund](#endpoint-refunds-getpaymentrefund) endpoint. | |
* @note if there are errors processing the request, the refund field may not be present, or it may be present in a FAILED state. | |
*/ | |
export class GetPaymentRefundResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
'errors'?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested `PaymentRefund`. | |
*/ | |
'refund'?: PaymentRefund; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Retrieve details for a specific Payment. | |
*/ | |
export class GetPaymentRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the | |
* [GetPayment](#endpoint-payments-getpayment) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class GetPaymentResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested `Payment`. | |
*/ | |
payment?: Payment; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request to get a `Shift` by ID. | |
*/ | |
export class GetShiftRequest { } | |
/** | |
* A response to request to get a `Shift`. Contains the requested `Shift` object. | |
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class GetShiftResponse { | |
/** | |
* The requested `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
shift?: Shift; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a change in state or quantity of product inventory at a particular time and location. | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryAdjustment { | |
/** | |
* A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment). | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) to an | |
* external system. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items before the adjustment. | |
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
from_state?: InventoryStateEnum; | |
/** | |
* The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) of the related quantity of items after the adjustment. | |
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
to_state?: InventoryStateEnum; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
* Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The number of items affected by the adjustment as a decimal string. Can support up to 5 digits after the decimal point. | |
* @note: The Point of Sale app and Dashboard do not currently support decimal quantities. If a Point of Sale app or | |
* Dashboard attempts to read a decimal quantity on inventory counts or adjustments, the quantity will be rounded | |
* down to the nearest integer. For example, `2.5` will become `2`, and `-2.5` will become `-3`. | |
* Read [Decimal Quantities (BETA)](/orders-api/what-it-does#decimal-quantities) for more information. | |
*/ | |
quantity?: string; | |
/** | |
* The read-only total price paid for goods associated with the adjustment. | |
* Present if and only if `to_state` is `SOLD`. Always non-negative. | |
*/ | |
total_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the adjustment took place. For write actions, | |
* the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request. | |
*/ | |
occurred_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the adjustment. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Read-only information about the application that caused the inventory adjustment. | |
*/ | |
source?: SourceApplication; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory adjustment. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The read-only Square ID of the [Transaction][#type-transaction] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for | |
* payment-related state transitions. | |
*/ | |
transaction_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The read-only Square ID of the [Refund][#type-refund] that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for | |
* refund-related state transitions. | |
*/ | |
refund_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The read-only Square ID of the purchase order that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state transitions | |
* from the Square for Retail app. | |
*/ | |
purchase_order_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The read-only Square ID of the Square goods receipt that caused the adjustment. Only relevant for state | |
* transitions from the Square for Retail app. | |
*/ | |
goods_receipt_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether Square should alert the merchant when the inventory quantity of a | |
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is low. | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryAlertType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a single physical count, inventory, adjustment, or transfer that is part of the history of inventory | |
* changes for a particular [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject). | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryChange { | |
/** | |
* Indicates how the inventory change was applied. | |
* See [InventoryChangeType](#type-inventorychangetype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: InventoryChange.TypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* Contains details about the physical count when `type` is `PHYSICAL_COUNT` and unset for all other types. | |
*/ | |
physical_count?: InventoryPhysicalCount; | |
/** | |
* Contains details about the inventory adjustment when `type` is `ADJUSTMENT` and unset for all other types. | |
*/ | |
adjustment?: InventoryAdjustment; | |
/** | |
* Contains details about the inventory transfer when `type` is `TRANSFER` and unset for all other types. | |
*/ | |
transfer?: InventoryTransfer; | |
} | |
export namespace InventoryChange { | |
export type TypeEnum = | |
'PHYSICAL_COUNT' | | |
'ADJUSTMENT' | | |
'TRANSFER'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates how the inventory change was applied to a tracked quantity of items. | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryChangeType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents Square's estimated quantity of items in a particular state at a particular location based on the known history | |
* of physical counts and inventory adjustments. | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryCount { | |
/** | |
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
* Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. | |
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
state?: InventoryStateEnum; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The number of items in the count as a decimal string. Can support up to 5 digits after the decimal point. | |
* @note The Point of Sale app and Dashboard do not currently support decimal quantities. If a Point of Sale app or | |
* Dashboard attempts to read a decimal quantity on inventory counts or adjustments, the quantity will be rounded | |
* down to the nearest integer. For example, `2.5` will become `2`, and `-2.5` will become `-3`. | |
* Read [Decimal Quantities (BETA)](/orders-api/what-it-does#decimal-quantities) for more information. | |
*/ | |
quantity?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the most recent physical count or | |
* adjustment that had an affect on the estimated count. | |
*/ | |
calculated_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents the quantity of an item variation that is physically present at a specific location, verified by a seller or | |
* a seller's employee. For example, a physical count might come from an employee counting the item variations on hand or | |
* from syncing with an external system. | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryPhysicalCount { | |
/** | |
* A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount). | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) to | |
* an external system. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
* Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The current [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the related quantity of items. | |
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
state?: InventoryStateEnum; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items are being tracked. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The number of items affected by the physical count as a decimal string. Can support up to 5 digits after the decimal point. | |
* @note The Point of Sale app and Dashboard do not currently support decimal quantities. If a Point of Sale app or | |
* Dashboard attempts to read a decimal quantity on inventory counts or adjustments, the quantity will be rounded down | |
* to the nearest integer. For example, `2.5` will become `2`, and `-2.5` will become `-3`. | |
* Read [Decimal Quantities (BETA)](/orders-api/what-it-does#decimal-quantities) for more information. | |
*/ | |
quantity?: string; | |
/** | |
* Read-only information about the application that submitted the physical count. | |
*/ | |
source?: SourceApplication; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the physical count. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the physical count took place. For write actions, | |
* the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request. | |
*/ | |
occurred_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the physical count. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the state of a tracked item quantity in the lifecycle of goods. | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryState { } | |
/** | |
* Represents the transfer of a quantity of product inventory at a particular time from one location to another. | |
*/ | |
export class InventoryTransfer { | |
/** | |
* A unique ID generated by Square for the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer). | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional ID provided by the application to tie the [InventoryTransfer](#type-inventorytransfer) to an external system. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for the quantity of items being transfered. | |
* See [InventoryState](#type-inventorystate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
state?: InventoryStateEnum; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked before the transfer. | |
*/ | |
from_location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Location](#type-location) where the related quantity of items were tracked after the transfer. | |
*/ | |
to_location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square generated ID of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) of the [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) being tracked. | |
* Tracking is only supported for the `ITEM_VARIATION` type. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The number of items affected by the transfer as a decimal string. Can support up to 5 digits after the decimal point. | |
* @note The Point of Sale app and Dashboard do not currently support decimal quantities. If a Point of Sale app or | |
* Dashboard attempts to read a decimal quantity on inventory counts or adjustments, the quantity will be rounded down | |
* to the nearest integer. For example, `2.5` will become `2`, and `-2.5` will become `-3`. | |
* Read [Decimal Quantities (BETA)](/orders-api/what-it-does#decimal-quantities) for more information. | |
*/ | |
quantity?: string; | |
/** | |
* A client-generated timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when the transfer took place. For write actions, | |
* the `occurred_at` timestamp cannot be older than 24 hours or in the future relative to the time of the request. | |
*/ | |
occurred_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format that indicates when Square received the transfer request. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Read-only information about the application that initiated the inventory transfer. | |
*/ | |
source?: SourceApplication; | |
/** | |
* The Square ID of the [Employee](#type-employee) responsible for the inventory transfer. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Price and inventory alerting overrides for a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at a specific | |
* [location](#type-location). | |
*/ | |
export class ItemVariationLocationOverrides { | |
/** | |
* The ID of the [location](#type-location). | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The price of the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given [location](#type-location), or | |
* blank for variable pricing. | |
*/ | |
price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The pricing type (fixed or variable) for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at the given | |
* [location](#type-location). See [CatalogPricingType](#type-catalogpricingtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
pricing_type?: ItemVariationLocationOverrides.PricingTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, inventory tracking is active for the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) at this | |
* [location](#type-location). | |
*/ | |
track_inventory?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) displays an alert when its inventory | |
* quantity is less than or equal to its `inventory_alert_threshold`. | |
* See [InventoryAlertType](#type-inventoryalerttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
inventory_alert_type?: ItemVariationLocationOverrides.InventoryAlertTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and `inventory_alert_type` is | |
* `LOW_QUANTITY`, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. This value is always an integer. | |
*/ | |
inventory_alert_threshold?: number; | |
} | |
export namespace ItemVariationLocationOverrides { | |
export type PricingTypeEnum = | |
'FIXED_PRICING' | | |
'VARIABLE_PRICING'; | |
export type InventoryAlertTypeEnum = | |
'NONE' | | |
'LOW_QUANTITY'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. | |
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. | |
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). | |
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `additional_recipient_receivable_refunds` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivableRefundsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefunds that match your query. | |
*/ | |
receivable_refunds?: Array<AdditionalRecipientReceivableRefund>; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` | |
* parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesRequest { | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details | |
* on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. | |
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). | |
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListAdditionalRecipientReceivables endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `additional_recipient_receivables` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListAdditionalRecipientReceivablesResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* An array of AdditionalRecipientReceivables that match your query. | |
*/ | |
receivables?: Array<AdditionalRecipientReceivable>; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. Provide this value as the `cursor` | |
* parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request for a filtered set of `BreakType` objects | |
*/ | |
export class ListBreakTypesRequest { | |
/** | |
* Filter Break Types returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Maximum number of Break Types to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* Pointer to the next page of Break Type results to fetch. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to a request for a set of `BreakTypes`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects. | |
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class ListBreakTypesResponse { | |
/** | |
* A page of `BreakType` results. | |
*/ | |
break_types?: Array<BreakType>; | |
/** | |
* Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Break Type results. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
export class ListCatalogRequest { | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional case-insensitive, comma-separated list of object types to retrieve, for example `ITEM,ITEM_VARIATION,CATEGORY,IMAGE`. | |
* The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely: | |
* `ITEM`, `ITEM_VARIATION`, `CATEGORY`, `DISCOUNT`, `TAX`, `MODIFIER`, `MODIFIER_LIST`, or `IMAGE`. | |
*/ | |
types?: string; | |
} | |
export class ListCatalogResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | |
*/ | |
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the query parameters that can be provided in a request to the ListCustomers endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class ListCustomersRequest { | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates how Customers should be sorted. Default: `DEFAULT`. | |
* See [CustomerSortField](#type-customersortfield) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_field?: ListCustomersRequest.SortFieldEnum; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether Customers should be sorted in ascending (`ASC`) or descending (`DESC`) order. Default: `ASC`. | |
* See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
} | |
export namespace ListCustomersRequest { | |
export type SortFieldEnum = | |
'DEFAULT' | | |
'CREATED_AT'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListCustomers endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `customers` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListCustomersResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* An array of `Customer` objects that match your query. | |
*/ | |
customers?: Array<Customer>; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
* This value is present only if the request succeeded and additional results are available. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request for a set of `EmployeeWage` objects | |
*/ | |
export class ListEmployeeWagesRequest { | |
/** | |
* Filter wages returned to only those that are associated with the specified employee. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Maximum number of Employee Wages to return per page. Can range between 1 and 200. The default is the maximum at | |
* 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* Pointer to the next page of Employee Wage results to fetch. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to a request for a set of `EmployeeWage` objects. Contains a set of `EmployeeWage`. | |
*/ | |
export class ListEmployeeWagesResponse { | |
/** | |
* A page of Employee Wage results. | |
*/ | |
employee_wages?: Array<EmployeeWage>; | |
/** | |
* Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next next page of Employee Wage results. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Retrieve a paged-list of employees for a Square account | |
*/ | |
export class ListEmployeesRequest { | |
/** | |
* Filter employees returned to only those that are associated with the specified location. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Specifies the EmployeeStatus to filter the employee by. See [EmployeeStatus](#type-employeestatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: ActivityStatusEnum; | |
/** | |
* The number of employees to be returned on each page. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* The token required to retrieve the specified page of results. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListEmployees endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `employees` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListEmployeesResponse { | |
/** | |
* List of employees returned from the request. | |
*/ | |
employees?: Array<Employee>; | |
/** | |
* The token to be used to retrieve the next page of results. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the ListLocations endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class ListLocationsRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the ListLocations endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `locations` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListLocationsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The business's locations. | |
*/ | |
locations?: Array<Location>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Retrieves a list of refunds for the account making the request. Max results per page: 100 | |
*/ | |
export class ListPaymentRefundsRequest { | |
/** | |
* Timestamp for the beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. | |
* Default: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp for the end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. Default: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The order in which results are listed. - `ASC` - oldest to newest - `DESC` - newest to oldest (default). | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. | |
* Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* ID of location associated with payment. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, only refunds with the given status are returned. For a list of refund status values, see [PaymentRefund](#type-paymentrefund). | |
* Default: If omitted refunds are returned regardless of status. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, only refunds with the given source type are returned. | |
* - `CARD` - List refunds only for payments where card was specified as payment source. | |
* Default: If omitted refunds are returned regardless of source type. | |
*/ | |
source_type?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListPaymentRefunds](#endpoint-refunds-listpaymentrefunds) endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `refunds` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListPaymentRefundsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The list of requested refunds. | |
*/ | |
refunds?: Array<PaymentRefund>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If empty, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Retrieves a list of refunds taken by the account making the request. Max results per page: 100. | |
*/ | |
export class ListPaymentsRequest { | |
/** | |
* Timestamp for the beginning of the reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. Inclusive. | |
* Default: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp for the end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. Default: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The order in which results are listed. - `ASC` - oldest to newest - `DESC` - newest to oldest (default). | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: string; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. | |
* Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for the original query. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* ID of location associated with payment. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The exact amount in the total_money for a `Payment`. | |
*/ | |
total?: number; | |
/** | |
* The last 4 digits of `Payment` card. | |
*/ | |
last_4?: string; | |
/** | |
* The brand of `Payment` card. For example, `VISA`. | |
*/ | |
card_brand?: CardBrandEnum; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListPayments](#endpoint-payments-listpayments) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class ListPaymentsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested list of `Payment`s. | |
*/ | |
payments?: Array<Payment>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If empty, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the ListRefunds endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class ListRefundsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. | |
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. | |
* Default value: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. | |
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). | |
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListRefunds](#endpoint-listrefunds) endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `refunds` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListRefundsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* An array of refunds that match your query. | |
*/ | |
refunds?: Array<Refund>; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. | |
* Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the query parameters that can be included in a request to the [ListTransactions](#endpoint-listtransactions) endpoint. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [SearchOrders](#endpoint-orders-searchorders). | |
*/ | |
export class ListTransactionsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details | |
* on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end of the requested reporting period, in RFC 3339 format. | |
* See [Date ranges](#dateranges) for details on date inclusivity/exclusivity. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The order in which results are listed in the response (`ASC` for oldest first, `DESC` for newest first). | |
* Default value: `DESC` See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for your original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [ListTransactions](#endpoint-listtransactions) endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `transactions` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class ListTransactionsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* An array of transactions that match your query. | |
*/ | |
transactions?: Array<Transaction>; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor for retrieving the next set of results, if any remain. | |
* Provide this value as the `cursor` parameter in a subsequent request to this endpoint. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request for a set of `WorkweekConfig` objects | |
*/ | |
export class ListWorkweekConfigsRequest { | |
/** | |
* Maximum number of Workweek Configs to return per page. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* Pointer to the next page of Workweek Config results to fetch. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to a request for a set of `WorkweekConfig` objects. Contains the requested `WorkweekConfig` objects. | |
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class ListWorkweekConfigsResponse { | |
/** | |
* A page of Employee Wage results. | |
*/ | |
workweek_configs?: Array<WorkweekConfig>; | |
/** | |
* Value supplied in the subsequent request to fetch the next page of Employee Wage results. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents one of a business's locations. | |
*/ | |
export class Location { | |
/** | |
* The location's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The location's name. Location names are set by the account owner and displayed in the dashboard as the location's nickname. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The location's physical address. | |
*/ | |
address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The [IANA Timezone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones) identifier for the location's timezone. | |
*/ | |
timezone?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates which Square features are enabled for the location. | |
* See [LocationCapability](#type-locationcapability) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
capabilities?: Array<Location.CapabilitiesEnum>; | |
/** | |
* The location's status. See [LocationStatus](#type-locationstatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: ActivityStatusEnum; | |
/** | |
* The time when the location was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The identifier of the merchant that owns the location. | |
*/ | |
merchant_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The location's country, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. See [Country](#type-country) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
country?: CountryEnum; | |
/** | |
* The language associated with the location in [BCP 47 format](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47#appendix-A). | |
*/ | |
language_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The currency used for all transactions at this location, specified in __ISO 4217 format__. | |
* For example, the currency for a location processing transactions in the United States is 'USD'. | |
* See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
currency?: CurrencyEnum; | |
/** | |
* The location's phone_number. | |
*/ | |
phone_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* The location's business_name which is shown to its customers. | |
* For example, this is the name printed on its customer's receipts. | |
*/ | |
business_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The location's type, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. | |
* Typically used to indicate whether or not the location object represents a physical space like a building or mall space. | |
* See [LocationType](#type-locationtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: Location.TypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The location's website, as set by the account owner in the Square dashboard. | |
* Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
website_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The hours of operation for a business location. Default: none; only exists if explicitly set. | |
*/ | |
business_hours?: BusinessHours; | |
/** | |
* The email of the location. | |
*/ | |
business_email?: string; | |
/** | |
* The business description of the location. | |
*/ | |
description?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Twitter username of the location without the ' | |
*/ | |
twitter_username?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Instagram username of the location without the ' | |
*/ | |
instagram_username?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Facebook profile URL of the location. The URL should begin with 'facebook.com/'. | |
*/ | |
facebook_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The physical coordinates (latitude and longitude) of the location. | |
*/ | |
coordinates?: Coordinates; | |
/** | |
* The logo image URL of the location. | |
*/ | |
logo_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Point of Sale background image URL of the location. | |
*/ | |
pos_background_url?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace Location { | |
export type CapabilitiesEnum = | |
'CREDIT_CARD_PROCESSING'; | |
export type TypeEnum = | |
'PHYSICAL'| | |
'MOBILE'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates payment capabilities that a business's location might or might not have enabled. | |
*/ | |
export class LocationCapability { } | |
/** | |
* Indicates the location's status. | |
*/ | |
export class LocationStatus { } | |
/** | |
* Indicates the location's type. | |
*/ | |
export class LocationType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a unit of measurement to use with a quantity, such as ounces or inches. | |
* Exactly one of the following fields are required: `custom_unit`, `area_unit`, `length_unit`, `volume_unit`, and `weight_unit`. | |
* The `family` field describes the type of measurement. For example, ounces are in the weight family. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnit { | |
/** | |
* A custom unit of measurement defined by the seller using the Point of Sale app or ad-hoc as an order line item. | |
*/ | |
custom_unit?: MeasurementUnitCustom; | |
/** | |
* Represents a standard area unit. See [MeasurementUnitArea](#type-measurementunitarea) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
area_unit?: MeasurementUnit.AreaUnitEnum; | |
/** | |
* Represents a standard length unit. See [MeasurementUnitLength](#type-measurementunitlength) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
length_unit?: MeasurementUnit.LengthUnitEnum; | |
/** | |
* Represents a standard volume unit. See [MeasurementUnitVolume](#type-measurementunitvolume) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
volume_unit?: MeasurementUnit.VolumeUnitEnum; | |
/** | |
* Represents a standard unit of weight or mass. See [MeasurementUnitWeight](#type-measurementunitweight) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
weight_unit?: MeasurementUnit.WeightUnitEnum; | |
/** | |
* Reserved for API integrations that lack the ability to specify a real measurement unit. | |
* See [MeasurementUnitGeneric](#type-measurementunitgeneric) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
generic_unit?: string; | |
/** | |
* Represents the type of the measurement unit. | |
* See [MeasurementUnitUnitType](#type-measurementunitunittype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace MeasurementUnit { | |
export type AreaUnitEnum = | |
'IMPERIAL_ACRE' | | |
'IMPERIAL_SQUARE_INCH' | | |
'IMPERIAL_SQUARE_FOOT' | | |
'IMPERIAL_SQUARE_YARD' | | |
'IMPERIAL_SQUARE_MILE' | | |
'METRIC_SQUARE_CENTIMETER' | | |
'METRIC_SQUARE_METER' | | |
'METRIC_SQUARE_KILOMETER'; | |
export type LengthUnitEnum = | |
'IMPERIAL_INCH' | | |
'IMPERIAL_FOOT' | | |
'IMPERIAL_YARD' | | |
'IMPERIAL_MILE' | | |
'METRIC_MILLIMETER' | | |
'METRIC_CENTIMETER' | | |
'METRIC_METER' | | |
'METRIC_KILOMETER'; | |
export type VolumeUnitEnum = | |
'GENERIC_FLUID_OUNCE' | | |
'GENERIC_SHOT' | | |
'GENERIC_CUP' | | |
'GENERIC_PINT' | | |
'GENERIC_QUART' | | |
'GENERIC_GALLON' | | |
'IMPERIAL_CUBIC_INCH' | | |
'IMPERIAL_CUBIC_FOOT' | | |
'IMPERIAL_CUBIC_YARD' | | |
'METRIC_MILLILITER' | | |
'METRIC_LITER'; | |
export type WeightUnitEnum = | |
'IMPERIAL_WEIGHT_OUNCE' | | |
'IMPERIAL_POUND' | | |
'IMPERIAL_STONE' | | |
'METRIC_MILLIGRAM' | | |
'METRIC_GRAM' | | |
'METRIC_KILOGRAM'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Unit of area used to measure a quantity. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnitArea { } | |
/** | |
* The information needed to define a custom unit, provided by the seller. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnitCustom { | |
/** | |
* The name of the custom unit, for example "bushel". | |
*/ | |
name: string; | |
/** | |
* The abbreviation of the custom unit, such as "bsh" (bushel). | |
* This appears in the cart for the Point of Sale app, and in reports. | |
*/ | |
abbreviation: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A custom unit of measurement defined by the user. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnitGeneric { } | |
/** | |
* The unit of length used to measure a quantity. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnitLength { } | |
/** | |
* Describes the type of this unit and indicates which field contains the unit information. This is an ‘open’ enum. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnitUnitType { } | |
/** | |
* The unit of volume used to measure a quantity. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnitVolume { } | |
/** | |
* Unit of weight used to measure a quantity. | |
*/ | |
export class MeasurementUnitWeight { } | |
/** | |
* A record of an employee's break during a shift. | |
*/ | |
export class ModelBreak { | |
/** | |
* UUID for this object. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. | |
*/ | |
start_at: string; | |
/** | |
* RFC 3339; follows same timezone info as `Shift`. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. | |
* The `end_at` minute is not counted when the break length is calculated. For example, a break from `00:00` to | |
* `00:11` is considered a 10 minute break (midnight to 10 minutes after midnight). | |
*/ | |
end_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The `BreakType` this `Break` was templated on. | |
*/ | |
break_type_id: string; | |
/** | |
* A human-readable name. | |
*/ | |
name: string; | |
/** | |
* Format: RFC-3339 P[n]Y[n]M[n]DT[n]H[n]M[n]S. The expected length of the break. | |
*/ | |
expected_duration: string; | |
/** | |
* Whether this break counts towards time worked for compensation purposes. | |
*/ | |
is_paid: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents an error encountered during a request to the Connect API. | |
*/ | |
export class ModelError { | |
/** | |
* The high-level category for the error. | |
* See [ErrorCategory](#type-errorcategory) See [ErrorCategory](#type-errorcategory) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
category: ModelError.CategoryEnum; | |
/** | |
* The specific code of the error. | |
* See [ErrorCode](#type-errorcode) for possible See [ErrorCode](#type-errorcode) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
code: ModelError.CodeEnum; | |
/** | |
* A human-readable description of the error for debugging purposes. | |
*/ | |
detail?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the field provided in the original request (if any) that the error pertains to. | |
*/ | |
field?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace ModelError { | |
export type CategoryEnum = | |
'API_ERROR' | | |
'AUTHENTICATION_ERROR' | | |
'INVALID_REQUEST_ERROR' | | |
'RATE_LIMIT_ERROR' | | |
'PAYMENT_METHOD_ERROR' | | |
'REFUND_ERROR'; | |
export type CodeEnum = | |
'INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR' | | |
'UNAUTHORIZED' | | |
'ACCESS_TOKEN_EXPIRED' | | |
'ACCESS_TOKEN_REVOKED' | | |
'FORBIDDEN' | | |
'INSUFFICIENT_SCOPES' | | |
'APPLICATION_DISABLED' | | |
'V1_APPLICATION' | | |
'V1_ACCESS_TOKEN' | | |
'CARD_PROCESSING_NOT_ENABLED' | | |
'BAD_REQUEST' | | |
'MISSING_REQUIRED_PARAMETER' | | |
'INCORRECT_TYPE' | | |
'INVALID_TIME' | | |
'INVALID_TIME_RANGE' | | |
'INVALID_VALUE' | | |
'INVALID_CURSOR' | | |
'UNKNOWN_QUERY_PARAMETER' | | |
'CONFLICTING_PARAMETERS' | | |
'EXPECTED_JSON_BODY' | | |
'INVALID_SORT_ORDER' | | |
'VALUE_REGEX_MISMATCH' | | |
'VALUE_TOO_SHORT' | | |
'VALUE_TOO_LONG' | | |
'VALUE_TOO_LOW' | | |
'VALUE_TOO_HIGH' | | |
'VALUE_EMPTY' | | |
'ARRAY_LENGTH_TOO_LONG' | | |
'ARRAY_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT' | | |
'ARRAY_EMPTY' | | |
'EXPECTED_BOOLEAN' | | |
'EXPECTED_INTEGER' | | |
'EXPECTED_FLOAT' | | |
'EXPECTED_STRING' | | |
'EXPECTED_OBJECT' | | |
'EXPECTED_ARRAY' | | |
'EXPECTED_MAP' | | |
'EXPECTED_BASE64_ENCODED_BYTE_ARRAY' | | |
'INVALID_ARRAY_VALUE' | | |
'INVALID_ENUM_VALUE' | | |
'INVALID_CONTENT_TYPE' | | |
'INVALID_FORM_VALUE' | | |
'ONE_INSTRUMENT_EXPECTED' | | |
'NO_FIELDS_SET' | | |
'DEPRECATED_FIELD_SET' | | |
'CARD_EXPIRED' | | |
'INVALID_EXPIRATION' | | |
'INVALID_EXPIRATION_YEAR' | | |
'INVALID_EXPIRATION_DATE' | | |
'UNSUPPORTED_CARD_BRAND' | | |
'UNSUPPORTED_ENTRY_METHOD' | | |
'INVALID_ENCRYPTED_CARD' | | |
'INVALID_CARD' | | |
'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_EXPIRED' | | |
'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_CANCELED' | | |
'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_CAPTURED' | | |
'DELAYED_TRANSACTION_FAILED' | | |
'CARD_TOKEN_EXPIRED' | | |
'CARD_TOKEN_USED' | | |
'AMOUNT_TOO_HIGH' | | |
'UNSUPPORTED_INSTRUMENT_TYPE' | | |
'REFUND_AMOUNT_INVALID' | | |
'REFUND_ALREADY_PENDING' | | |
'PAYMENT_NOT_REFUNDABLE' | | |
'INVALID_CARD_DATA' | | |
'LOCATION_MISMATCH' | | |
'IDEMPOTENCY_KEY_REUSED' | | |
'UNEXPECTED_VALUE' | | |
'SANDBOX_NOT_SUPPORTED' | | |
'INVALID_EMAIL_ADDRESS' | | |
'INVALID_PHONE_NUMBER' | | |
'CHECKOUT_EXPIRED' | | |
'BAD_CERTIFICATE' | | |
'INVALID_SQUARE_VERSION_FORMAT' | | |
'API_VERSION_INCOMPATIBLE' | | |
'CARD_DECLINED' | | |
'VERIFY_CVV_FAILURE' | | |
'VERIFY_AVS_FAILURE' | | |
'CARD_DECLINED_CALL_ISSUER' | | |
'NOT_FOUND' | | |
'APPLE_PAYMENT_PROCESSING_CERTIFICATE_HASH_NOT_FOUND' | | |
'METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED' | | |
'NOT_ACCEPTABLE' | | |
'REQUEST_TIMEOUT' | | |
'CONFLICT' | | |
'REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE' | | |
'UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE' | | |
'RATE_LIMITED' | | |
'NOT_IMPLEMENTED' | | |
'SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE' | | |
'GATEWAY_TIMEOUT'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents an amount of money. `Money` fields can be signed or unsigned. | |
*/ | |
export class Money { | |
/** | |
* The amount of money, in the smallest denomination of the currency indicated by `currency`. | |
* For example, when `currency` is `USD`, `amount` is in cents. Monetary amounts can be positive or negative. | |
* See the specific API documentation to determine the meaning of the sign in a particular case. | |
*/ | |
amount?: number; | |
/** | |
* The type of currency, in __ISO 4217 format__. For example, the currency code for US dollars is `USD`. | |
* See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values. See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values | |
*/ | |
currency?: CurrencyEnum; | |
} | |
export class ObtainTokenRequest { | |
/** | |
* The Square-issued ID of your application, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | |
*/ | |
client_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square-issued application secret for your application, available from the | |
* [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | |
*/ | |
client_secret?: string; | |
/** | |
* The authorization code to exchange. This is required if `grant_type` is set to `authorization_code`, to indicate | |
* that the application wants to exchange an authorization code for an OAuth access token. | |
*/ | |
code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The redirect URL assigned in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | |
*/ | |
redirect_uri?: string; | |
/** | |
* Specifies the method to request an OAuth access token. | |
* Valid values are: `authorization_code`, `refresh_token`, and `migration_token`. | |
*/ | |
grant_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* A valid refresh token for generating a new OAuth access token. A valid refresh token is required if `grant_type` | |
* is set to `refresh_token`, to indicate the application wants a replacement for an expired OAuth access token. | |
*/ | |
refresh_token?: string; | |
/** | |
* Legacy OAuth access token obtained using a Connect API version prior to 2019-03-13. This parameter is required | |
* if `grant_type` is set to `migration_token` to indicate that the application wants to get a replacement OAuth access token. | |
* The response also returns a refresh token. For more information, see [Migrate to Using Refresh Tokens](/authz/oauth/migration). | |
*/ | |
migration_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class ObtainTokenResponse { | |
/** | |
* A valid OAuth access token. OAuth access tokens are 64 bytes long. | |
* Provide the access token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. | |
* See the [Build with OAuth](/authz/oauth/build-with-the-api) guide for more information. | |
*/ | |
access_token?: string; | |
/** | |
* This value is always "bearer". | |
*/ | |
token_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format. | |
*/ | |
expires_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the authorizing merchant's business. | |
*/ | |
merchant_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated The ID of a subscription plan the merchant signed up for. | |
* Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization. | |
*/ | |
subscription_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated The ID of the subscription plan the merchant signed up for. | |
* Only present if the merchant signed up for a subscription during authorization. | |
*/ | |
plan_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Then OpenID token belonging to this this person. | |
* Only present if the OPENID scope is included in the authorize request. | |
*/ | |
id_token?: string; | |
/** | |
* A refresh token. | |
* For more information, see [OAuth access token management](/authz/oauth/how-it-works#oauth-access-token-management). | |
*/ | |
refresh_token?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains all information related to a single order to process with Square, including line items that specify the | |
* products to purchase. Order objects also include information on any associated tenders, refunds, and returns. | |
* All Connect V2 Transactions have all been converted to Orders including all associated itemization data. | |
*/ | |
export class Order { | |
/** | |
* The order's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the merchant location this order is associated with. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A client specified identifier to associate an entity in another system with this order. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The origination details of the order. | |
*/ | |
source?: OrderSource; | |
/** | |
* The [Customer](#type-customer) ID of the customer associated with the order. | |
*/ | |
customer_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The line items included in the order. | |
*/ | |
line_items?: Array<OrderLineItem>; | |
/** | |
* The list of all taxes associated with the order. Taxes can be scoped to either `ORDER` or `LINE_ITEM`. | |
* For taxes with `LINE_ITEM` scope, an `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` must be added to each line item that the tax applies to. | |
* For taxes with `ORDER` scope, the server will generate an `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` for every line item. | |
* On reads, each tax in the list will include the total amount of that tax applied to the order. | |
* @note If `LINE_ITEM` scope is set on any taxes in this field, usage of the deprecated `line_items.taxes` | |
* field will result in an error. Please use `line_items.applied_taxes` instead. | |
*/ | |
taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemTax>; | |
/** | |
* The list of all discounts associated with the order. Discounts can be scoped to either `ORDER` or `LINE_ITEM`. | |
* For discounts scoped to `LINE_ITEM`, an `OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount` must be added to each line item that the | |
* discount applies to. For discounts with `ORDER` scope, the server will generate an `OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount` | |
* for every line item. | |
* @note If `LINE_ITEM` scope is set on any discounts in this field, usage of the deprecated `line_items.discounts` | |
* field will result in an error. Please use `line_items.applied_discounts` instead. | |
*/ | |
discounts?: Array<OrderLineItemDiscount>; | |
/** | |
* A list of service charges applied to the order. | |
*/ | |
service_charges?: Array<OrderServiceCharge>; | |
/** | |
* Details on order fulfillment. Orders can only be created with at most one fulfillment. | |
* However, orders returned by the API may contain multiple fulfillments. | |
*/ | |
fulfillments?: Array<OrderFulfillment>; | |
/** | |
* Collection of items from sale Orders being returned in this one. Normally part of an Itemized Return or Exchange. | |
* There will be exactly one `Return` object per sale Order being referenced. | |
*/ | |
returns?: Array<OrderReturn>; | |
/** | |
* Rollup of returned money amounts. | |
*/ | |
return_amounts?: OrderMoneyAmounts; | |
/** | |
* Net money amounts (sale money - return money). | |
*/ | |
net_amounts?: OrderMoneyAmounts; | |
/** | |
* A positive or negative rounding adjustment to the total of the order, commonly used to apply Cash Rounding when | |
* the minimum unit of account is smaller than the lowest physical denomination of currency. | |
*/ | |
rounding_adjustment?: OrderRoundingAdjustment; | |
/** | |
* The Tenders which were used to pay for the Order. | |
*/ | |
tenders?: Array<Tender>; | |
/** | |
* The Refunds that are part of this Order. | |
*/ | |
refunds?: Array<Refund>; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp for when the order was created. In RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp for when the order was last updated. In RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp for when the order was closed. In RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
closed_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The current state of the order. `OPEN`,`COMPLETED`,`CANCELED` See [OrderState](#type-orderstate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
state?: Order.StateEnum; | |
/** | |
* Version number which is incremented each time an update is committed to the order. | |
* Orders that were not created through the API will not include a version and thus cannot be updated. | |
* [Read more about working with versions](/orders-api/manage-orders#update-orders). | |
*/ | |
version?: number; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money to collect for the order. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total tax amount of money to collect for the order. | |
*/ | |
total_tax_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total discount amount of money to collect for the order. | |
*/ | |
total_discount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money collected in service charges for the order. | |
* @note `total_service_charge_money` is the sum of `applied_money` fields for each individual service charge. | |
* Therefore, `total_service_charge_money` will only include inclusive tax amounts, not additive tax amounts. | |
*/ | |
total_service_charge_money?: Money; | |
} | |
export namespace Order { | |
export type StateEnum = | |
'OPEN' | | |
'COMPLETED' | | |
'CANCELED'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A lightweight description of an [Order](#type-order) that is returned when `returned_entries` is true | |
* on a [SearchOrderRequest](#type-searchorderrequest). | |
*/ | |
export class OrderEntry { | |
/** | |
* The id of the Order. | |
*/ | |
order_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Version number which is incremented each time an update is committed to the order. | |
* Orders that were not created through the API will not include a version and thus cannot be updated. | |
* [Read more about working with versions](/orders-api/manage-orders#update-orders). | |
*/ | |
version?: number; | |
/** | |
* The location id the Order belongs to. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains details on how to fulfill this order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderFulfillment { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the fulfillment only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentType](#type-orderfulfillmenttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: FulfillmentTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The state of the fulfillment. See [OrderFulfillmentState](#type-orderfulfillmentstate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
state?: FulfillmentStateEnum; | |
/** | |
* Contains details for a pickup fulfillment. Required when fulfillment type is `PICKUP`. | |
*/ | |
pickup_details?: OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails; | |
/** | |
* Contains details for a shipment fulfillment. Required when fulfillment type is `SHIPMENT`. | |
* A shipment fulfillment's relationship to fulfillment `state`: | |
* `PROPOSED`: A shipment is requested. | |
* `RESERVED`: Fulfillment accepted. Shipment processing. | |
* `PREPARED`: Shipment packaged. Shipping label created. | |
* `COMPLETED`: Package has been shipped. | |
* `CANCELED`: Shipment has been canceled. | |
* `FAILED`: Shipment has failed. | |
*/ | |
shipment_details?: OrderFulfillmentShipmentDetails; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains details necessary to fulfill a pickup order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails { | |
/** | |
* Information on the person meant to pick up this fulfillment from a physical location. | |
*/ | |
recipient?: OrderFulfillmentRecipient; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when this fulfillment will expire if it is not accepted. | |
* Must be in RFC 3339 format e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". Expiration time can only be set up to 7 days in the future. | |
* If `expires_at` is not set, this pickup fulfillment will be automatically accepted when placed. | |
*/ | |
expires_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The duration of time after which an open and accepted pickup fulfillment will automatically move to the `COMPLETED` state. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 duration format e.g., "P1W3D". | |
* If not set, this pickup fulfillment will remain accepted until it is canceled or completed. | |
*/ | |
auto_complete_duration?: string; | |
/** | |
* The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment. Defaults to `SCHEDULED`. | |
* See [OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType](#type-orderfulfillmentpickupdetailsscheduletype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
schedule_type?: OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails.ScheduleTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) that represents the start of the pickup window. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". For fulfillments with the schedule type `ASAP`, | |
* this is automatically set to the current time plus the expected duration to prepare the fulfillment. | |
*/ | |
pickup_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The window of time in which the order should be picked up after the `pickup_at` timestamp. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., "P1W3D". Can be used as an informational guideline for merchants. | |
*/ | |
pickup_window_duration?: string; | |
/** | |
* The duration of time it takes to prepare this fulfillment. Must be in RFC3339 duration format, e.g., "P1W3D". | |
*/ | |
prep_time_duration?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note meant to provide additional instructions about the pickup fulfillment displayed in the Square Point of Sale and set by the API. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the fulfillment was placed. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
placed_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the fulfillment was accepted. | |
* In RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
accepted_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the fulfillment was rejected. | |
* In RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
rejected_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the fulfillment is marked as ready for pickup. | |
* In RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
ready_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the fulfillment expired. | |
* In RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
expired_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the fulfillment was picked up by the recipient. | |
* In RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
picked_up_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) in RFC3339 timestamp format. | |
* e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z", indicating when the fulfillment was canceled. | |
*/ | |
canceled_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A description of why the pickup was canceled. Max length: 100 characters. | |
*/ | |
cancel_reason?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace OrderFulfillmentPickupDetails { | |
export type ScheduleTypeEnum = | |
'SCHEDULED' | | |
'ASAP'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The schedule type of the pickup fulfillment. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderFulfillmentPickupDetailsScheduleType { } | |
/** | |
* Contains information on the recipient of a fulfillment. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderFulfillmentRecipient { | |
/** | |
* The Customer ID of the customer associated with the fulfillment. | |
* If `customer_id` is provided, the fulfillment recipient's `display_name`, `email_address`, and `phone_number` | |
* are automatically populated from the targeted customer profile. If these fields are set in the request, | |
* the request values will override the information from the customer profile. If the targeted customer profile | |
* does not contain the necessary information and these fields are left unset, the request will result in an error. | |
*/ | |
customer_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The display name of the fulfillment recipient. | |
* If provided, overrides the value pulled from the customer profile indicated by `customer_id`. | |
*/ | |
display_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The email address of the fulfillment recipient. | |
* If provided, overrides the value pulled from the customer profile indicated by `customer_id`. | |
*/ | |
email_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* The phone number of the fulfillment recipient. | |
* If provided, overrides the value pulled from the customer profile indicated by `customer_id`. | |
*/ | |
phone_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* The address of the fulfillment recipient. | |
* If provided, overrides the value pulled from the customer profile indicated by `customer_id`. | |
*/ | |
address?: Address; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains details necessary to fulfill a shipment order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderFulfillmentShipmentDetails { | |
/** | |
* Information on the person meant to receive this shipment fulfillment. | |
*/ | |
recipient?: OrderFulfillmentRecipient; | |
/** | |
* The shipping carrier being used to ship this fulfillment e.g. UPS, FedEx, USPS, etc. | |
*/ | |
carrier?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note with additional information for the shipping carrier. | |
*/ | |
shipping_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* A description of the type of shipping product purchased from the carrier. e.g. First Class, Priority, Express | |
*/ | |
shipping_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The reference number provided by the carrier to track the shipment's progress. | |
*/ | |
tracking_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* A link to the tracking webpage on the carrier's website. | |
*/ | |
tracking_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the shipment was requested. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
placed_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when this fulfillment was moved to the `RESERVED` state. | |
* Indicates that preparation of this shipment has begun. Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
in_progress_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when this fulfillment was moved to the `PREPARED` state. | |
* Indicates that the fulfillment is packaged. Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
packaged_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the shipment is expected to be delivered to the shipping carrier. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
expected_shipped_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when this fulfillment was moved to the `COMPLETED`state. | |
* Indicates that the fulfillment has been given to the shipping carrier. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
shipped_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating the shipment was canceled. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
canceled_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A description of why the shipment was canceled. | |
*/ | |
cancel_reason?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [timestamp](#workingwithdates) indicating when the shipment failed to be completed. | |
* Must be in RFC3339 timestamp format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
failed_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A description of why the shipment failed to be completed. | |
*/ | |
failure_reason?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The current state of this fulfillment. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderFulfillmentState { } | |
/** | |
* The type of fulfillment. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderFulfillmentType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a line item in an order. | |
* Each line item describes a different product to purchase, with its own quantity and price details. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItem { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the line item only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the line item. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The quantity purchased, formatted as a decimal number. For example: "3". | |
* Line items with a `quantity_unit` can have non-integer quantities. For example: "1.70000". | |
*/ | |
quantity: string; | |
/** | |
* The unit and precision that this line item's quantity is measured in. | |
*/ | |
quantity_unit?: OrderQuantityUnit; | |
/** | |
* The note of the line item. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) id applied to this line item. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the variation applied to this line item. | |
*/ | |
variation_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s applied to this line item. | |
*/ | |
modifiers?: Array<OrderLineItemModifier>; | |
/** | |
* A list of taxes applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level taxes and any | |
* order-level taxes apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level taxes in this list. | |
* This field has been deprecated in favour of `applied_taxes`. | |
* Usage of both this field and `applied_taxes` when creating an order will result in an error. | |
* Usage of this field when sending requests to the UpdateOrder endpoint will result in an error. | |
*/ | |
taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemTax>; | |
/** | |
* A list of discounts applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level | |
* discounts and any order-level discounts apportioned to this item. When creating an Order, set your item-level | |
* discounts in this list. This field has been deprecated in favour of `applied_discounts`. | |
* Usage of both this field and `applied_discounts` when creating an order will result in an error. | |
* Usage of this field when sending requests to the UpdateOrder endpoint will result in an error. | |
*/ | |
discounts?: Array<OrderLineItemDiscount>; | |
/** | |
* The list of references to taxes applied to this line item. Each `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` has a `tax_uid` that | |
* references the `uid` of a top-level `OrderLineItemTax` applied to the line item. On reads, the amount applied is populated. | |
* An `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` will be automatically created on every line item for all `ORDER` scoped taxes | |
* added to the order. `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` records for `LINE_ITEM` scoped taxes must be added in requests for | |
* the tax to apply to any line items. To change the amount of a tax, modify the referenced top-level tax. | |
*/ | |
applied_taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemAppliedTax>; | |
/** | |
* The list of references to discounts applied to this line item. Each `OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount` has a | |
* `discount_uid` that references the `uid` of a top-level `OrderLineItemDiscounts` applied to the line item. | |
* On reads, the amount applied is populated. An `OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount` will be automatically created on | |
* every line item for all `ORDER` scoped discounts that are added to the order. `OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount` | |
* records for `LINE_ITEM` scoped discounts must be added in requests for the discount to apply to any line items. | |
* To change the amount of a discount, modify the referenced top-level discount. | |
*/ | |
applied_discounts?: Array<OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount>; | |
/** | |
* The base price for a single unit of the line item. | |
*/ | |
base_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total price of all item variations sold in this line item. | |
* Calculated as `base_price_money` multiplied by `quantity`. Does not include modifiers. | |
*/ | |
variation_total_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money made in gross sales for this line item. | |
* Calculated as the sum of the variation's total price and each modifier's total price. | |
*/ | |
gross_sales_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total tax amount of money to collect for the line item. | |
*/ | |
total_tax_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total discount amount of money to collect for the line item. | |
*/ | |
total_discount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money to collect for this line item. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents an applied portion of a discount to a line item in an order. | |
* Order scoped discounts will automatically have applied discounts present for each line item. | |
* Line item scoped discounts must have applied discounts added manually for any applicable line items. | |
* The corresponding applied money will automatically be computed based on participating line items. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the applied discount only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The `uid` of the discount the applied discount represents. Must reference a discount present in the | |
* `order.discounts` field. This field is immutable. To change which discounts apply to a line item, you must delete | |
* the discount and re-add it as a new `OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount`. | |
*/ | |
discount_uid: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money applied by the discount to the line item. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents an applied portion of a tax to a line item in an order. | |
* Order-scoped taxes automatically include the applied taxes in each line item. | |
* Line item taxes must be referenced from any applicable line items. The corresponding applied money is automatically | |
* computed, based on the set of participating line items. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemAppliedTax { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the applied tax only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The `uid` of the tax for which this applied tax represents. | |
* Must reference a tax present in the `order.taxes` field. This field is immutable. | |
* To change which taxes apply to a line item, delete and add new `OrderLineItemAppliedTax`s. | |
*/ | |
tax_uid: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money applied by the tax to the line item. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a discount that applies to one or more line items in an order. | |
* Fixed-amount, order-scoped discounts are distributed across all non-zero line item totals. | |
* The amount distributed to each line item is relative to the amount contributed by the item to the order subtotal. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemDiscount { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the discount only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The discount's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of the discount. If it is created by API, it would be either `FIXED_PERCENTAGE` or `FIXED_AMOUNT`. | |
* VARIABLE_* is not supported in API because the order is created at the time of sale and either percentage or amount has | |
* to be specified. See [OrderLineItemDiscountType](#type-orderlineitemdiscounttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: DiscountTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The percentage of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. The percentage won't be set for an amount-based discount. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* The total declared monetary amount of the discount. `amount_money` is not set for percentage-based discounts. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of discount actually applied to the line item. Represents the amount of money applied as a line | |
* item-scoped discount. When an amount-based discount is scoped to the entire order, the value of `applied_money` | |
* is different from `amount_money` because the total amount of the discount is distributed across all line items. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the level at which the discount applies. For `ORDER` scoped discounts, Square generates references | |
* in `applied_discounts` on all order line items that do not have them. For `LINE_ITEM` scoped discounts, | |
* the discount only applies to line items with a discount reference in their `applied_discounts` field. | |
* This field is immutable. To change the scope of a discount you must delete the discount and re-add it as a new discount. | |
* See [OrderLineItemDiscountScope](#type-orderlineitemdiscountscope) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
scope?: DiscountApplicationScopeEnum; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether this is a line item or order level discount. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemDiscountScope { } | |
/** | |
* Indicates how the discount is applied to the associated line item or order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemDiscountType { } | |
/** | |
* A [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemModifier { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the modifier only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the item modifier. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The base price for the modifier. `base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. If both | |
* `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override the predefined | |
* [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price. | |
*/ | |
base_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total price of the item modifier for its line item. | |
* This is the modifier's `base_price_money` multiplied by the line item's quantity. | |
*/ | |
total_price_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a tax that applies to one or more line item in the order. | |
* Fixed-amount, order-scoped taxes are distributed across all non-zero line item totals. | |
* The amount distributed to each line item is relative to the amount the item contributes to the order subtotal. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemTax { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the tax only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The tax's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the calculation method used to apply the tax. | |
* See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: TaxTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* For example, a value of "7.25" corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the money applied by the tax in the order. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the level at which the tax applies. For `ORDER` scoped taxes, Square generates references in | |
* `applied_taxes` on all order line items that do not have them. For `LINE_ITEM` scoped taxes, the tax will only | |
* apply to line items with references in their `applied_taxes` field. This field is immutable. | |
* To change the scope, you must delete the tax and re-add it as a new tax. | |
* See [OrderLineItemTaxScope](#type-orderlineitemtaxscope) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
scope?: TaxApplicationScopeEnum; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether this is a line item or order level tax. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemTaxScope { } | |
/** | |
* Indicates how the tax is applied to the associated line item or order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderLineItemTaxType { } | |
/** | |
* A collection of various money amounts. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderMoneyAmounts { | |
/** | |
* Total money. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Money associated with taxes. | |
*/ | |
tax_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Money associated with discounts. | |
*/ | |
discount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Money associated with tips. | |
*/ | |
tip_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Money associated with service charges. | |
*/ | |
service_charge_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains the measurement unit for a quantity and a precision which specifies the number of digits after the decimal | |
* point for decimal quantities. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderQuantityUnit { | |
/** | |
* A [MeasurementUnit](#type-measurementunit) that represents the unit of measure for the quantity. | |
*/ | |
measurement_unit?: MeasurementUnit; | |
/** | |
* For non-integer quantities, represents the number of digits after the decimal point that are recorded for this quantity. | |
* For example, a precision of 1 allows quantities like "1.0" and "1.1", but not "1.01". Min: 0. Max: 5. | |
*/ | |
precision?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The set of line items, service charges, taxes, discounts, tips, etc. being returned in an Order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderReturn { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the return only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* Order which contains the original sale of these returned line items. This will be unset for unlinked returns. | |
*/ | |
source_order_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Collection of line items which are being returned. | |
*/ | |
return_line_items?: Array<OrderReturnLineItem>; | |
/** | |
* Collection of service charges which are being returned. | |
*/ | |
return_service_charges?: Array<OrderReturnServiceCharge>; | |
/** | |
* Collection of references to taxes being returned for an order, including the total applied tax amount to be returned. | |
* The taxes must reference a top-level tax ID from the source order. | |
*/ | |
return_taxes?: Array<OrderReturnTax>; | |
/** | |
* Collection of references to discounts being returned for an order, including the total applied discount amount to be returned. | |
* The discounts must reference a top-level discount ID from the source order. | |
*/ | |
return_discounts?: Array<OrderReturnDiscount>; | |
/** | |
* A positive or negative rounding adjustment to the total value being returned. Commonly used to apply Cash Rounding | |
* when the minimum unit of account is smaller than the lowest physical denomination of currency. | |
*/ | |
rounding_adjustment?: OrderRoundingAdjustment; | |
/** | |
* Aggregate monetary value being returned by this Return entry. | |
*/ | |
return_amounts?: OrderMoneyAmounts; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a discount being returned that applies to one or more return line items in an order. | |
* Fixed-amount, order-scoped discounts are distributed across all non-zero return line item totals. | |
* The amount distributed to each return line item is relative to that item’s contribution to the order subtotal. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderReturnDiscount { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the return discount only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* `uid` of the Discount from the Order which contains the original application of this discount. | |
*/ | |
source_discount_uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogDiscount](#type-catalogdiscount). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The discount's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of the discount. If it is created by API, it would be either `FIXED_PERCENTAGE` or `FIXED_AMOUNT`. | |
* VARIABLE_* is not supported in API because the order is created at the time of sale and either percentage | |
* or amount has to be specified. See [OrderLineItemDiscountType](#type-orderlineitemdiscounttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: DiscountTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* A value of `7.25` corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. | |
* The percentage won't be set for an amount-based discount. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* The total monetary amount of the applicable discount. If it is at order level, it is the value of the order level discount. | |
* If it is at line item level, it is the value of the line item level discount. | |
* The amount_money won't be set for a percentage-based discount. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of discount actually applied to this line item. When an amount-based discount is at order-level, | |
* this value is different from `amount_money` because the discount is distributed across the line items. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the level at which the discount applies. This field is set by the server. | |
* If set in a CreateOrder request, it will be ignored on write. | |
* See [OrderLineItemDiscountScope](#type-orderlineitemdiscountscope) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
scope?: DiscountApplicationScopeEnum; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The line item being returned in an Order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderReturnLineItem { | |
/** | |
* Unique identifier for this return line item entry. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* `uid` of the LineItem in the original sale Order. | |
*/ | |
source_line_item_uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the line item. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The quantity returned, formatted as a decimal number. For example: "3". | |
* Line items with a `quantity_unit` can have non-integer quantities. For example: "1.70000". | |
*/ | |
quantity: string; | |
/** | |
* The unit and precision that this return line item's quantity is measured in. | |
*/ | |
quantity_unit?: OrderQuantityUnit; | |
/** | |
* The note of the returned line item. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) id applied to this returned line item. | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the variation applied to this returned line item. | |
*/ | |
variation_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier)s applied to this line item. | |
*/ | |
return_modifiers?: Array<OrderReturnLineItemModifier>; | |
/** | |
* A list of taxes applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level taxes and any | |
* return-level taxes apportioned to this item. This field has been deprecated in favour of `applied_taxes`. | |
*/ | |
return_taxes?: Array<OrderReturnTax>; | |
/** | |
* A list of discounts applied to this line item. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level discounts | |
* and any return-level discounts apportioned to this item. This field has been deprecated in favour of `applied_discounts`. | |
*/ | |
return_discounts?: Array<OrderReturnDiscount>; | |
/** | |
* The list of references to `OrderReturnTax` entities applied to the returned line item. | |
* Each `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` has a `tax_uid` that references the `uid` of a top-level `OrderReturnTax` | |
* applied to the returned line item. On reads, the amount applied is populated. | |
*/ | |
applied_taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemAppliedTax>; | |
/** | |
* The list of references to `OrderReturnDiscount` entities applied to the returned line item. | |
* Each `OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount` has a `discount_uid` that references the `uid` of a top-level `OrderReturnDiscount` | |
* applied to the returned line item. On reads, the amount applied is populated. | |
*/ | |
applied_discounts?: Array<OrderLineItemAppliedDiscount>; | |
/** | |
* The base price for a single unit of the line item. | |
*/ | |
base_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total price of all item variations returned in this line item. | |
* Calculated as `base_price_money` multiplied by `quantity`. Does not include modifiers. | |
*/ | |
variation_total_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The gross return amount of money calculated as (item base price + modifiers price) * quantity. | |
*/ | |
gross_return_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total tax amount of money to return for the line item. | |
*/ | |
total_tax_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total discount amount of money to return for the line item. | |
*/ | |
total_discount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money to return for this line item. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A line item modifier being returned. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderReturnLineItemModifier { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the return modifier only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* `uid` of the Modifier from the LineItem from the Order which contains the original sale of this line item modifier. | |
*/ | |
source_modifier_uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the item modifier. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The base price for the modifier. base_price_money` is required for ad hoc modifiers. | |
* If both `catalog_object_id` and `base_price_money` are set, `base_price_money` will override | |
* the predefined [CatalogModifier](#type-catalogmodifier) price. | |
*/ | |
base_price_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total price of the item modifier for its line item. | |
* This is the modifier's `base_price_money` multiplied by the line item's quantity. | |
*/ | |
total_price_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents the service charge applied to the original order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderReturnServiceCharge { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the return service charge only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* `uid` of the Service Charge from the Order containing the original charge of the service charge. | |
* `source_service_charge_uid` is `null` for unlinked returns. | |
*/ | |
source_service_charge_uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the service charge. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object ID of the associated [CatalogServiceCharge](#type-catalogservicecharge). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The percentage of the service charge, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* For example, a value of "7.25" corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. | |
* Exactly one of `percentage` or `amount_money` should be set. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of a non-percentage based service charge. Exactly one of `percentage` or `amount_money` should be set. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money applied to the order by the service charge, including any inclusive tax amounts, as calculated by Square. | |
* - For fixed-amount service charges, `applied_money` is equal to `amount_money`. | |
* - For percentage-based service charges, `applied_money` is the money calculated using the percentage. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money to collect for the service charge. | |
* @note if an inclusive tax is applied to the service charge, `total_money` does not equal `applied_money` | |
* plus `total_tax_money` since the inclusive tax amount will already be included in both `applied_money` | |
* and `total_tax_money`. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of tax money to collect for the service charge. | |
*/ | |
total_tax_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The calculation phase after which to apply the service charge. | |
* See [OrderServiceChargeCalculationPhase](#type-orderservicechargecalculationphase) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
calculation_phase?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the surcharge can be taxed. Service charges calculated in the `TOTAL_PHASE` cannot be marked as taxable. | |
*/ | |
taxable?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Taxes applied to the `OrderReturnServiceCharge`. By default, return-level taxes apply to `OrderReturnServiceCharge`s | |
* calculated in the `SUBTOTAL_PHASE` if `taxable` is set to `true`. On read or retrieve, this list includes both | |
* item-level taxes and any return-level taxes apportioned to this item. | |
* This field has been deprecated in favour of `applied_taxes`. | |
*/ | |
return_taxes?: Array<OrderReturnTax>; | |
/** | |
* The list of references to `OrderReturnTax` entities applied to the `OrderReturnServiceCharge`. | |
* Each `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` has a `tax_uid` that references the `uid` of a top-level `OrderReturnTax` that | |
* is being applied to the `OrderReturnServiceCharge`. On reads, the amount applied is populated. | |
*/ | |
applied_taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemAppliedTax>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a tax being returned that applies to one or more return line items in an order. | |
* Fixed-amount, order-scoped taxes are distributed across all non-zero return line item totals. | |
* The amount distributed to each return line item is relative to that item’s contribution to the order subtotal. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderReturnTax { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the return tax only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* `uid` of the Tax from the Order which contains the original charge of this tax. | |
*/ | |
source_tax_uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object id referencing [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The tax's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the calculation method used to apply the tax. | |
* See [OrderLineItemTaxType](#type-orderlineitemtaxtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: TaxTypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The percentage of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* For example, a value of "7.25" corresponds to a percentage of 7.25%. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the money applied by the tax in an order. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the level at which the `OrderReturnTax` applies. For `ORDER` scoped taxes, Square generates references | |
* in `applied_taxes` on all `OrderReturnLineItem`s. For `LINE_ITEM` scoped taxes, the tax will only apply to | |
* `OrderReturnLineItem`s with references in their `applied_discounts` field. | |
* See [OrderLineItemTaxScope](#type-orderlineitemtaxscope) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
scope?: TaxApplicationScopeEnum; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A rounding adjustment of the money being returned. Commonly used to apply Cash Rounding when the minimum unit | |
* of account is smaller than the lowest physical denomination of currency. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderRoundingAdjustment { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the rounding adjustment only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the rounding adjustment from the original sale Order. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Actual rounding adjustment amount. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a service charge applied to an order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderServiceCharge { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID that identifies the service charge only within this order. | |
*/ | |
uid?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the service charge. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The catalog object ID referencing the service charge [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The service charge percentage as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* For example, "7.25" indicates a service charge of 7.25%. Exactly 1 of `percentage` or `amount_money` should be set. | |
*/ | |
percentage?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of a non-percentage based service charge. Exactly one of `percentage` or `amount_money` should be set. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money applied to the order by the service charge, including any inclusive tax amounts, as calculated by Square. | |
* - For fixed-amount service charges, `applied_money` is equal to `amount_money`. | |
* - For percentage-based service charges, `applied_money` is the money calculated using the percentage. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money to collect for the service charge. | |
* @note if an inclusive tax is applied to the service charge, `total_money` __does not__ equal `applied_money` plus | |
* `total_tax_money` since the inclusive tax amount will already be included in both `applied_money` and `total_tax_money`. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of tax money to collect for the service charge. | |
*/ | |
total_tax_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The calculation phase at which to apply the service charge. | |
* See [OrderServiceChargeCalculationPhase](#type-orderservicechargecalculationphase) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
calculation_phase?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the service charge can be taxed. If set to `true`, order-level taxes automatically apply to | |
* the service charge. Note that service charges calculated in the `TOTAL_PHASE` cannot be marked as taxable. | |
*/ | |
taxable?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* A list of taxes applied to this service charge. On read or retrieve, this list includes both item-level taxes | |
* and any order-level taxes apportioned to this service charge. When creating an Order, set your service charge-level | |
* taxes in this list. By default, order-level taxes apply to service charges calculated in the `SUBTOTAL_PHASE` | |
* if `taxable` is set to `true`. This field has been deprecated in favour of `applied_taxes`. | |
* Usage of both this field and `applied_taxes` when creating an order will result in an error. | |
* Usage of this field when sending requests to the UpdateOrder endpoint will result in an error. | |
*/ | |
taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemTax>; | |
/** | |
* The list of references to taxes applied to this service charge. | |
* Each `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` has a `tax_uid` that references the `uid` of a top-level `OrderLineItemTax` that | |
* is being applied to this service charge. On reads, the amount applied is populated. An `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` | |
* will be automatically created on every taxable service charge for all `ORDER` scoped taxes that are added to the order. | |
* `OrderLineItemAppliedTax` records for `LINE_ITEM` scoped taxes must be added in requests for the tax to apply to | |
* any taxable service charge. Taxable service charges have the `taxable` field set to true and calculated in | |
* the `SUBTOTAL_PHASE`. To change the amount of a tax, modify the referenced top-level tax. | |
*/ | |
applied_taxes?: Array<OrderLineItemAppliedTax>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a phase in the process of calculating order totals. Service charges are applied __after__ the indicated phase. | |
* [Read more about how order totals are calculated.](/docs/orders-api/how-it-works#how-totals-are-calculated). | |
*/ | |
export class OrderServiceChargeCalculationPhase { } | |
/** | |
* Represents the origination details of an order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderSource { | |
/** | |
* The name used to identify the place (physical or digital) that an order originates. | |
* If unset, the name defaults to the name of the application that created the order. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The state of the order. | |
*/ | |
export class OrderState { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the [PayOrder](#endpoint-payorder) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class PayOrderRequest { | |
/** | |
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among requests you've sent. | |
* If you're unsure whether a particular payment request was completed successfully, you can reattempt it with the | |
* same idempotency key without worrying about duplicate payments. | |
* See [Idempotency](/working-with-apis/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* The version of the order being paid. If not supplied, the latest version will be paid. | |
*/ | |
order_version?: number; | |
payment_ids?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [PayOrder](#endpoint-payorder) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class PayOrderResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The paid, updated [order](#type-order). | |
*/ | |
order?: Order; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a payment processed by the Square API. | |
*/ | |
export class Payment { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID for the payment. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp of when the payment was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp of when the payment was last updated, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money processed for this payment, not including `tip_money`. | |
* Specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* For more information, see [Working with monetary amounts](/build-basics/working-with-monetary-amounts). | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount designated as a tip. Specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. | |
* For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
*/ | |
tip_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The total money for the payment, including `amount_money` and `tip_money`. | |
* Specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money the developer is taking as a fee for facilitating the payment on behalf of the seller. | |
* Specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* For more information, see [Take Payments and Collect Fees](/payments-api/take-payments-and-collect-fees). | |
* Cannot be more than 90% of the `total_money` value. | |
*/ | |
app_fee_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Processing fees and fee adjustments assessed by Square on this payment. | |
*/ | |
processing_fee?: Array<ProcessingFee>; | |
/** | |
* Total amount of the payment refunded to-date. Specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. | |
* For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
*/ | |
refunded_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the payment is `APPROVED`, `COMPLETED`, `CANCELED`, or `FAILED`. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* The source type for this payment. | |
*/ | |
source_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* Non-confidential details about the source. Only populated if the `source_type` is `CARD`. | |
*/ | |
card_details?: CardPaymentDetails; | |
/** | |
* ID of the location associated with the payment. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* ID of the order associated with this payment. | |
*/ | |
order_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional ID that associates this payment with an entity in another system. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional customer_id to be entered by the developer when creating a payment. | |
*/ | |
customer_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* List of `refund_id`s identifying refunds for this payment. | |
*/ | |
refund_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's e-mail address. | |
*/ | |
buyer_email_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's billing address. | |
*/ | |
billing_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The buyer's shipping address. | |
*/ | |
shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* An optional note to include when creating a payment. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a refund of a payment made using Square. Contains information on the original payment and the amount of money refunded. | |
*/ | |
export class PaymentRefund { | |
/** | |
* Unique ID for this refund, generated by Square. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* The refund's status: | |
* - `PENDING` - awaiting approval | |
* - `COMPLETED` - successfully completed | |
* - `REJECTED` - the refund was rejected | |
* - `FAILED` - an error occurred | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* Location ID associated with the payment this refund is attached to. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money refunded, specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. | |
* For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* Amount of money the app developer contributed to help cover the refunded amount. | |
* Specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* See [Working with monetary amounts](/build-basics/working-with-monetary-amounts) for details. | |
*/ | |
app_fee_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Processing fees and fee adjustments assessed by Square on this refund. | |
*/ | |
processing_fee?: Array<ProcessingFee>; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the payment assocated with this refund. | |
*/ | |
payment_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the order associated with the refund. | |
*/ | |
order_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The reason for the refund. | |
*/ | |
reason?: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp of when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Timestamp of when the refund was last updated, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents Square processing fee. | |
*/ | |
export class ProcessingFee { | |
/** | |
* Timestamp of when the fee takes effect, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
effective_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of fee assessed or adjusted. Can be one of: `INITIAL`, `ADJUSTMENT`. | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The fee amount assessed or adjusted by Square. May be negative. | |
* Positive values represent funds being assessed, while negative values represent funds being returned. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the Square product used to generate an inventory change. | |
*/ | |
export class Product { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a refund processed for a Square transaction. | |
*/ | |
export class Refund { | |
/** | |
* The refund's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the refund's associated location. | |
*/ | |
location_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the transaction that the refunded tender is part of. | |
*/ | |
transaction_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the refunded tender. | |
*/ | |
tender_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the refund was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The reason for the refund being issued. | |
*/ | |
reason: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money refunded to the buyer. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* The current status of the refund (`PENDING`, `APPROVED`, `REJECTED`, or `FAILED`). | |
* See [RefundStatus](#type-refundstatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status: Refund.StatusEnum; | |
/** | |
* The amount of Square processing fee money refunded to the *merchant*. | |
*/ | |
processing_fee_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this refund. | |
* For example, fees assessed on a refund of a purchase by a third party integration. | |
*/ | |
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>; | |
} | |
export namespace Refund { | |
export type StatusEnum = | |
'PENDING' | | |
'APPROVED' | | |
'REJECTED' | | |
'FAILED'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Refunds a payment. | |
*/ | |
export class RefundPaymentRequest { | |
/** | |
* A unique string that identifies this RefundPayment request. Key can be any valid string but must be unique | |
* for every RefundPayment request. For more information, see [Idempotency keys](/basics/api101/idempotency). | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money to refund. Cannot be more than the `total_money` value of the payment minus the total amount | |
* of all previously completed refunds for this payment. Must be specified in the smallest denomination of the | |
* applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* See [Working with monetary amounts](/build-basics/working-with-monetary-amounts) for details. | |
* The currency code must match the currency associated with the business that is charging the card. | |
*/ | |
amount_money: Money; | |
/** | |
* Amount of money the developer will contribute to help cover the refunded amount. | |
* Specified in the smallest denomination of the applicable currency. For example, US dollar amounts are specified in cents. | |
* Value cannot be more than the `amount_money`. You can specify this parameter in a refund request only if the | |
* same parameter was also included when taking the payment. This is part of the application fee scenario the API supports. | |
* For more information, see [Collect Fees](/payments-api/take-payments-and-collect-fees). | |
*/ | |
app_fee_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* Unique ID of the payment being refunded. | |
*/ | |
payment_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A description of the reason for the refund. | |
*/ | |
reason?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [RefundPayment](#endpoint-refunds-refundpayment) endpoint. | |
* Note: if there are errors processing the request, the refund field may not be present, or it may be present in a FAILED state. | |
*/ | |
export class RefundPaymentResponse { | |
/** | |
* Information on errors encountered during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The successfully created `PaymentRefund`. | |
*/ | |
refund?: PaymentRefund; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates a refund's current status. | |
*/ | |
export class RefundStatus { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the parameters that can be included in the body of a request to the RegisterDomain endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class RegisterDomainRequest { | |
/** | |
* A domain name as described in RFC-1034 that will be registered with ApplePay | |
*/ | |
domain_name: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the RegisterDomain endpoint. | |
* Either `errors` or `status` will be present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class RegisterDomainResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* Status of the domain registration. | |
* See [RegisterDomainResponseStatus](#type-registerdomainresponsestatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: RegisterDomainResponse.StatusEnum; | |
} | |
export namespace RegisterDomainResponse { | |
export type StatusEnum = | |
'PENDING' | | |
'VERIFIED'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The status of domain registration. | |
*/ | |
export class RegisterDomainResponseStatus { } | |
export class RenewTokenRequest { | |
/** | |
* The token you want to renew. | |
*/ | |
access_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class RenewTokenResponse { | |
/** | |
* The renewed access token. This value might be different from the `access_token` you provided in your request. You | |
* provide this token in a header with every request to Connect API endpoints. See [Request and response | |
* headers](https://docs.connect.squareup.com/api/connect/v2/#requestandresponseheaders) for the format of this | |
* header. | |
*/ | |
access_token?: string; | |
/** | |
* This value is always _bearer_. | |
*/ | |
token_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The date when access_token expires, in [ISO 8601](http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/iso8601.htm) format. | |
*/ | |
expires_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the authorizing merchant's business. | |
*/ | |
merchant_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated | |
* The ID of the merchant subscription associated with the authorization. Only present if the merchant signed up for | |
* a subscription during authorization. | |
*/ | |
subscription_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* @deprecated | |
* The ID of the subscription plan the merchant signed up for. Only present if the merchant signed up for a | |
* subscription during authorization. | |
*/ | |
plan_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveCatalogObjectRequest { | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: | |
* If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem), its associated | |
* [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage)s | |
* and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. | |
* If the `object` field of the response contains a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation), its | |
* parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be returned in the `related_objects` field of the response. | |
* Default value: `false`. | |
*/ | |
include_related_objects?: boolean; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | |
*/ | |
object?: CatalogObject; | |
/** | |
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the object in the `object` field. | |
*/ | |
related_objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the RetrieveCustomer endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class RetrieveCustomerRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the RetrieveCustomer endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class RetrieveCustomerResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested customer. | |
*/ | |
customer?: Customer; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Retrieve an employee by `Employee.id` | |
*/ | |
export class RetrieveEmployeeRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the RetrieveEmployee endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `employee` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class RetrieveEmployeeResponse { | |
/** | |
* The response object. | |
*/ | |
employee?: Employee; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentRequest { } | |
export class RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment). | |
*/ | |
adjustment?: InventoryAdjustment; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveInventoryChangesRequest { | |
/** | |
* The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. | |
*/ | |
location_ids?: string; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The set of inventory changes for the requested object and locations. | |
*/ | |
changes?: Array<InventoryChange>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveInventoryCountRequest { | |
/** | |
* The [Location](#type-location) IDs to look up as a comma-separated list. An empty list queries all locations. | |
*/ | |
location_ids?: string; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. Provide this to retrieve the next set of | |
* results for the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveInventoryCountResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The current calculated inventory counts for the requested object and locations. | |
*/ | |
counts?: Array<InventoryCount>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountRequest { } | |
export class RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount). | |
*/ | |
count?: InventoryPhysicalCount; | |
} | |
export class RetrieveLocationRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [RetrieveLocation](#endpoint-retrievelocation) endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `location` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class RetrieveLocationResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested location. | |
*/ | |
location?: Location; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the request body fields for calls to the RetrieveTransaction endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class RetrieveTransactionRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [RetrieveTransaction](#endpont-retrievetransaction) endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `transaction` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class RetrieveTransactionResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The requested transaction. | |
*/ | |
transaction?: Transaction; | |
} | |
export class RevokeTokenRequest { | |
/** | |
* Your application's ID, available from the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | |
*/ | |
client_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The access token of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. | |
* Do not provide a value for merchant_id if you provide this parameter. | |
*/ | |
access_token?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the merchant whose token you want to revoke. | |
* Do not provide a value for access_token if you provide this parameter. | |
*/ | |
merchant_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class RevokeTokenResponse { | |
/** | |
* If the request is successful, this is true. | |
*/ | |
success?: boolean; | |
} | |
export class SearchCatalogObjectsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor returned in the previous response. Leave unset for an initial request. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* The desired set of object types to appear in the search results. | |
* The legal values are taken from the [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) enumeration, namely "ITEM", | |
* "ITEM_VARIATION", "CATEGORY", "DISCOUNT", "TAX", "MODIFIER", or "MODIFIER_LIST". | |
* See [CatalogObjectType](#type-catalogobjecttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
object_types?: Array<SearchCatalogObjectsRequest.ObjectTypesEnum>; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, deleted objects will be included in the results. | |
* Deleted objects will have their `is_deleted` field set to `true`. | |
*/ | |
include_deleted_objects?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* If `true`, the response will include additional objects that are related to the requested object, as follows: | |
* If a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) is returned in the object field of the response, its associated | |
* [CatalogCategory](#type-catalogcategory), [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es, [CatalogImage](#type-catalogimage)s | |
* and [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response. | |
* If a [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) is returned in the object field of the response, its | |
* parent [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will be included in the `related_objects` field of the response. | |
*/ | |
include_related_objects?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Return objects modified after this [timestamp](#workingwithdates), in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
* The timestamp is exclusive - objects with a timestamp equal to `begin_time` will not be included in the response. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* A query to be used to filter or sort the results. If no query is specified, the entire catalog will be returned. | |
*/ | |
query?: CatalogQuery; | |
/** | |
* A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. | |
* The limit is advisory - the implementation may return more or fewer results. | |
* If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of 1,000, it will be ignored. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
} | |
export namespace SearchCatalogObjectsRequest { | |
export type ObjectTypesEnum = | |
'ITEM' | | |
'IMAGE' | | |
'CATEGORY' | | |
'ITEM_VARIATION' | | |
'TAX' | | |
'DISCOUNT' | | |
'MODIFIER_LIST' | | |
'MODIFIER'; | |
} | |
export class SearchCatalogObjectsResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s returned. | |
*/ | |
objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
/** | |
* A list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s referenced by the objects in the `objects` field. | |
*/ | |
related_objects?: Array<CatalogObject>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields included in the request body for the SearchCustomers endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchCustomersRequest { | |
/** | |
* Include the pagination cursor in subsequent calls to this endpoint to retrieve the next set of results associated | |
* with the original query. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* A limit on the number of results to be returned in a single page. The limit is advisory - the implementation may | |
* return more or fewer results. If the supplied limit is negative, zero, or is higher than the maximum limit of | |
* 1,000, it will be ignored. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* Query customers based on the given conditions and sort order. Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query | |
* parameter will return all customers ordered alphabetically based on `given_name` and `family_name`. | |
*/ | |
query?: CustomerQuery; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the SearchCustomers endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `customers` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class SearchCustomersResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* An array of `Customer` objects that match a query. | |
*/ | |
customers?: Array<Customer>; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor that can be used during subsequent calls to SearchCustomers to retrieve the next set of | |
* results associated with the original query. Pagination cursors are only present when a request succeeds and | |
* additional results are available. See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Filter based on Order `customer_id` and any Tender `customer_id` associated with the Order. | |
* Does not filter based on the [FulfillmentRecipient](#type-orderfulfillmentrecipient) `customer_id`. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersCustomerFilter { | |
/** | |
* List of customer IDs to filter by. Max: 10 customer IDs. | |
*/ | |
customer_ids?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Filter for `Order` objects based on whether their `CREATED_AT`, `CLOSED_AT` or `UPDATED_AT` timestamps fall within a | |
* specified time range. You can specify the time range and which timestamp to filter for. You can filter for only one | |
* time range at a time. For each time range, the start time and end time are inclusive. If the end time is absent, it | |
* defaults to the time of the first request for the cursor. | |
* @note If you use the DateTimeFilter in a SearchOrders query, you must also set the `sort_field` in | |
* [OrdersSort](#type-searchorderordersort) to the same field you filter for. For example, if you set the `CLOSED_AT` | |
* field in DateTimeFilter, you must also set the `sort_field` in SearchOrdersSort to `CLOSED_AT`. | |
* Otherwise, SearchOrders will throw an error. [Learn more about filtering ordersby time range](/orders-api/manage-orders#important-note-on-filtering-orders-by-time-range). | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersDateTimeFilter { | |
/** | |
* Time range for filtering on the `created_at` timestamp. | |
* If you use this value, you must also set the `sort_field` in the OrdersSearchSort object to `CREATED_AT`. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: TimeRange; | |
/** | |
* Time range for filtering on the `updated_at` timestamp. | |
* If you use this value, you must also set the `sort_field` in the OrdersSearchSort object to `UPDATED_AT`. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: TimeRange; | |
/** | |
* Time range for filtering on the `closed_at` timestamp. | |
* If you use this value, you must also set the `sort_field` in the OrdersSearchSort object to `CLOSED_AT`. | |
*/ | |
closed_at?: TimeRange; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Filtering criteria to use for a SearchOrders request. Multiple filters will be ANDed together. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersFilter { | |
/** | |
* Filter by [`OrderState`](#type-orderstate). | |
*/ | |
state_filter?: SearchOrdersStateFilter; | |
/** | |
* Filter for results within a time range. | |
* @note If you filter for orders by time range, you must set SearchOrdersSort to sort by the same field. | |
* [Learn more about filtering orders by time range](/orders-api/manage-orders#important-note-on-filtering-orders-by-time-range). | |
*/ | |
date_time_filter?: SearchOrdersDateTimeFilter; | |
/** | |
* Filter by fulfillment type or state. | |
*/ | |
fulfillment_filter?: SearchOrdersFulfillmentFilter; | |
/** | |
* Filter by source of order. | |
*/ | |
source_filter?: SearchOrdersSourceFilter; | |
/** | |
* Filter by customers associated with the order. | |
*/ | |
customer_filter?: SearchOrdersCustomerFilter; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Filter based on [Order Fulfillment](#type-orderfulfillment) information. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersFulfillmentFilter { | |
/** | |
* List of [fulfillment types](#type-orderfulfillmenttype) to filter for. | |
* Will return orders if any of its fulfillments match any of the fulfillment types listed in this field. | |
* See [OrderFulfillmentType](#type-orderfulfillmenttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
fulfillment_types: Array<FulfillmentTypeEnum>; | |
/** | |
* List of [fulfillment states](#type-orderfulfillmentstate) to filter for. | |
* Will return orders if any of its fulfillments match any of the fulfillment states listed in this field. | |
* See [OrderFulfillmentState](#type-orderfulfillmentstate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
fulfillment_states?: Array<FulfillmentStateEnum>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains query criteria for the search. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersQuery { | |
/** | |
* Criteria to filter results by. | |
*/ | |
filter?: SearchOrdersFilter; | |
/** | |
* Criteria to sort results by. | |
*/ | |
sort?: SearchOrdersSort; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The request does not have any required fields. When given no query criteria, SearchOrders will return all results | |
* for all of the merchant’s locations. When fetching additional pages using a `cursor`, the `query` must be equal | |
* to the `query` used to fetch the first page of results. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersRequest { | |
/** | |
* The location IDs for the orders to query. All locations must belong to the same merchant. | |
* Min: 1 location IDs. Max: 10 location IDs. | |
*/ | |
location_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor returned by a previous call to this endpoint. | |
* Provide this to retrieve the next set of results for your original query. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* Query conditions used to filter or sort the results. Note that when fetching additional pages using a cursor, | |
* the query must be equal to the query used to fetch the first page of results. | |
*/ | |
query?: SearchOrdersQuery; | |
/** | |
* Maximum number of results to be returned in a single page. | |
* It is possible to receive fewer results than the specified limit on a given page. Default: `500`. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* Boolean that controls the format of the search results. | |
* - If `true`, SearchOrders will return [`OrderEntry`](#type-orderentry) objects. | |
* - If `false`, SearchOrders will return complete Order objects. Default: `false`. | |
*/ | |
return_entries?: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Only one of `order_entries` or `orders` fields will be set, depending on whether `return_entries` was set | |
* on the [SearchOrdersRequest](#type-searchorderrequest). | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersResponse { | |
/** | |
* List of [OrderEntries](#type-orderentry) that fit the query conditions. | |
* Populated only if `return_entries` was set to `true` in the request. | |
*/ | |
order_entries?: Array<OrderEntry>; | |
/** | |
* List of [Order](#type-order) objects that match query conditions. | |
* Populated only if `return_entries` in the request is set to `false`. | |
*/ | |
orders?: Array<Order>; | |
/** | |
* The pagination cursor to be used in a subsequent request. If unset, this is the final response. | |
* See [Pagination](/basics/api101/pagination) for more information. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* [Errors](#type-error) encountered during the search. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Sorting criteria for a SearchOrders request. Results can only be sorted by a timestamp field. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersSort { | |
/** | |
* The field to sort by. | |
* @note When using a [DateTimeFilter](#type-searchordersfilter), `sort_field` must match the timestamp field that | |
* the DateTimeFilter uses to filter. For example, If you set your `sort_field` to `CLOSED_AT` and you use a | |
* DateTimeFilter, your DateTimeFilter must filter for orders by their `CLOSED_AT` date. If this field does not | |
* match the timestamp field in `DateTimeFilter`, SearchOrders will return an error. Default: `CREATED_AT`. | |
* See [SearchOrdersSortField](#type-searchorderssortfield) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_field: SearchOrdersSort.SortFieldEnum; | |
/** | |
* The chronological order in which results are returned. Defaults to `DESC`. | |
* See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
sort_order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
} | |
export namespace SearchOrdersSort { | |
export type SortFieldEnum = | |
'CREATED_AT' | | |
'UPDATED_AT' | | |
'CLOSED_AT'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Specifies which timestamp to use to sort SearchOrder results. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersSortField { } | |
/** | |
* Filter based on order `source` information. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersSourceFilter { | |
/** | |
* Filters by [Source](#type-ordersource) `name`. | |
* Will return any orders with with a `source.name` that matches any of the listed source names. Max: 10 source names. | |
*/ | |
source_names?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Filter by current Order `state`. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchOrdersStateFilter { | |
/** | |
* States to filter for. See [OrderState](#type-orderstate) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
states: Array<SearchOrdersStateFilter.StatesEnum>; | |
} | |
export namespace SearchOrdersStateFilter { | |
export type StatesEnum = | |
'OPEN' | | |
'COMPLETED' | | |
'CANCELED'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request for a filtered and sorted set of `Shift` objects. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchShiftsRequest { | |
/** | |
* Query filters. | |
*/ | |
query?: ShiftQuery; | |
/** | |
* number of resources in a page (200 by default). | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* opaque cursor for fetching the next page. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to a request for `Shift` objects. | |
* Contains the requested `Shift` objects. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class SearchShiftsResponse { | |
/** | |
* Shifts. | |
*/ | |
shifts?: Array<Shift>; | |
/** | |
* Opaque cursor for fetching the next page. | |
*/ | |
cursor?: string; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A record of the hourly rate, start, and end times for a single work shift for an employee. | |
* May include a record of the start and end times for breaks taken during the shift. | |
*/ | |
export class Shift { | |
/** | |
* UUID for this object. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the employee this shift belongs to. | |
*/ | |
employee_id: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the location this shift occurred at. Should be based on where the employee clocked in. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Read-only convenience value that is calculated from the location based on `location_id`. Format: the IANA | |
* Timezone Database identifier for the location timezone. | |
*/ | |
timezone?: string; | |
/** | |
* RFC 3339; shifted to location timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. | |
*/ | |
start_at: string; | |
/** | |
* RFC 3339; shifted to timezone + offset. Precision up to the minute is respected; seconds are truncated. The | |
* `end_at` minute is not counted when the shift length is calculated. For example, a shift from `00:00` to `08:01` | |
* is considered an 8 hour shift (midnight to 8am). | |
*/ | |
end_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* Job and pay related information. | |
*/ | |
wage?: ShiftWage; | |
/** | |
* A list of any paid or unpaid breaks that were taken during this shift. | |
*/ | |
breaks?: Array<ModelBreak>; | |
/** | |
* Describes working state of the current `Shift`. See [ShiftStatus](#type-shiftstatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: Shift.StatusEnum; | |
/** | |
* Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at | |
* time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write. | |
*/ | |
version?: number; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace Shift { | |
export type StatusEnum = | |
'OPEN' | | |
'CLOSED'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines a filter used in a search for `Shift` records. `AND` logic is used by Square's servers to apply each filter | |
* property specified. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftFilter { | |
/** | |
* Fetch shifts for the specified location. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Fetch shifts for the specified employee. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* Fetch a `Shift` instance by `Shift.status`. See [ShiftFilterStatus](#type-shiftfilterstatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: ShiftFilter.StatusEnum; | |
/** | |
* Fetch `Shift`s that start in the time range - Inclusive. | |
*/ | |
start?: TimeRange; | |
/** | |
* Fetch the `Shift`s that end in the time range - Inclusive. | |
*/ | |
end?: TimeRange; | |
/** | |
* Fetch the `Shift`s based on workday date range. | |
*/ | |
workday?: ShiftWorkday; | |
} | |
export namespace ShiftFilter { | |
export type StatusEnum = | |
'OPEN' | | |
'CLOSED'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Specifies the `status` of `Shift` records to be returned. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftFilterStatus { } | |
/** | |
* The parameters of a `Shift` search query. Includes filter and sort options. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftQuery { | |
/** | |
* Query filter options. | |
*/ | |
filter?: ShiftFilter; | |
/** | |
* Sort order details. | |
*/ | |
sort?: ShiftSort; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Sets the sort order of search results. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftSort { | |
/** | |
* The field to sort on. See [ShiftSortField](#type-shiftsortfield) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
field?: ShiftSort.FieldEnum; | |
/** | |
* The order in which results are returned. Defaults to DESC. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: SortOrderEnum; | |
} | |
export namespace ShiftSort { | |
export type FieldEnum = | |
'START_AT' | | |
'END_AT' | | |
'CREATED_AT' | | |
'UPDATED_AT'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Enumerates the `Shift` fields to sort on. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftSortField { } | |
/** | |
* Enumerates the possible status of a `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftStatus { } | |
/** | |
* The hourly wage rate used to compensate an employee for this shift. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftWage { | |
/** | |
* The name of the job performed during this shift. Square labor-reporting UIs may group shifts together by title. | |
*/ | |
title?: string; | |
/** | |
* Can be a custom-set hourly wage or the calculated effective hourly wage based on annual wage and hours worked per week. | |
*/ | |
hourly_rate?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A `Shift` search query filter parameter that sets a range of days that a `Shift` must start or end in before passing | |
* the filter condition. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftWorkday { | |
/** | |
* Dates for fetching the shifts | |
*/ | |
date_range?: DateRange; | |
/** | |
* The strategy on which the dates are applied. See [ShiftWorkdayMatcher](#type-shiftworkdaymatcher) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
match_shifts_by?: ShiftWorkday.MatchShiftsByEnum; | |
/** | |
* Location-specific timezones convert workdays to datetime filters. | |
* Every location included in the query must have a timezone, or this field must be provided as a fallback. | |
* Format: the IANA timezone database identifier for the relevant timezone. | |
*/ | |
default_timezone?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace ShiftWorkday { | |
export type MatchShiftsByEnum = | |
'START_AT' | | |
'END_AT' | | |
'INTERSECTION'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the logic used to apply a workday filter. | |
*/ | |
export class ShiftWorkdayMatcher { } | |
/** | |
* The order (e.g., chronological or alphabetical) in which results from a request are returned. | |
*/ | |
export class SortOrder { } | |
/** | |
* Provides information about the application used to generate an inventory change. | |
*/ | |
export class SourceApplication { | |
/** | |
* Read-only [Product](#type-product) type for the application. See [Product](#type-product) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
product?: SourceApplication.ProductEnum; | |
/** | |
* Read-only Square ID assigned to the application. Only used for [Product](#type-product) type `EXTERNAL_API`. | |
*/ | |
application_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Read-only display name assigned to the application (e.g. "Custom Application", "Square POS 4.74 for Android"). | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace SourceApplication { | |
export type ProductEnum = | |
'SQUARE_POS' | | |
'EXTERNAL_API' | | |
'BILLING' | | |
'APPOINTMENTS' | | |
'INVOICES' | | |
'ONLINE_STORE' | | |
'PAYROLL' | | |
'DASHBOARD' | | |
'ITEM_LIBRARY_IMPORT' | | |
'OTHER'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Contains the name and abbreviation for standard measurement unit. | |
*/ | |
export class StandardUnitDescription { | |
/** | |
* Identifies the measurement unit being described. | |
*/ | |
unit?: MeasurementUnit; | |
/** | |
* Display name of the measurement unit. For example, 'Pound'. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Abbreviation for the measurement unit. For example, 'lb'. | |
*/ | |
abbreviation?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Group of standard measurement units. | |
*/ | |
export class StandardUnitDescriptionGroup { | |
/** | |
* List of measurement units in this description group. | |
*/ | |
standard_unit_descriptions?: Array<StandardUnitDescription>; | |
/** | |
* IETF language tag. | |
*/ | |
language_code?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* When to calculate the taxes due on a cart. | |
*/ | |
export class TaxCalculationPhase { } | |
/** | |
* Whether to the tax amount should be additional to or included in to the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) price. | |
*/ | |
export class TaxInclusionType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a tender (i.e., a method of payment) used in a Square transaction. | |
*/ | |
export class Tender { | |
/** | |
* The tender's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the transaction's associated location. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the tender's associated transaction. | |
*/ | |
transaction_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the tender was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional note associated with the tender at the time of payment. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of the tender, including `tip_money`. If the tender has a `payment_id`, the `total_money` of | |
* the corresponding [Payment](#type-payment) will be equal to the `amount_money` of the tender. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The tip's amount of the tender. | |
*/ | |
tip_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of any Square processing fees applied to the tender. This field is not immediately populated when a | |
* new transaction is created. It is usually available after about ten seconds. | |
*/ | |
processing_fee_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* If the tender is associated with a customer or represents a customer's card on file, this is the ID of the | |
* associated customer. | |
*/ | |
customer_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of tender, such as `CARD` or `CASH`. See [TenderType](#type-tendertype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type: Tender.TypeEnum; | |
/** | |
* The details of the card tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CARD`. | |
*/ | |
card_details?: TenderCardDetails; | |
/** | |
* The details of the cash tender. This value is present only if the value of `type` is `CASH`. | |
*/ | |
cash_details?: TenderCashDetails; | |
/** | |
* Additional recipients (other than the merchant) receiving a portion of this tender. | |
* For example, fees assessed on the purchase by a third party integration. | |
*/ | |
additional_recipients?: Array<AdditionalRecipient>; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the [Payment](#type-payment) that corresponds to this tender. | |
* This value is only present for payments created with the v2 Payments API. | |
*/ | |
payment_id?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace Tender { | |
export type TypeEnum = | |
'CARD' | | |
'CASH' | | |
'THIRD_PARTY_CARD' | | |
'SQUARE_GIFT_CARD' | | |
'NO_SALE' | | |
'OTHER'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents additional details of a tender with `type` `CARD` or `SQUARE_GIFT_CARD`. | |
*/ | |
export class TenderCardDetails { | |
/** | |
* The credit card payment's current state (such as `AUTHORIZED` or `CAPTURED`). | |
* See [TenderCardDetailsStatus](#type-tendercarddetailsstatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: TenderCardDetails.StatusEnum; | |
/** | |
* The credit card's non-confidential details. | |
*/ | |
card?: Card; | |
/** | |
* The method used to enter the card's details for the transaction. | |
* See [TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod](#type-tendercarddetailsentrymethod) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
entry_method?: TenderCardDetails.EntryMethodEnum; | |
} | |
export namespace TenderCardDetails { | |
export type StatusEnum = | |
'AUTHORIZED' | | |
'CAPTURED' | | |
'VOIDED' | | |
'FAILED'; | |
export type EntryMethodEnum = | |
'SWIPED' | | |
'KEYED' | | |
'EMV' | | |
'ON_FILE' | | |
'CONTACTLESS'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the method used to enter the card's details. | |
*/ | |
export class TenderCardDetailsEntryMethod { } | |
/** | |
* Indicates the card transaction's current status. | |
*/ | |
export class TenderCardDetailsStatus { } | |
/** | |
* Represents the details of a tender with `type` `CASH`. | |
*/ | |
export class TenderCashDetails { | |
/** | |
* The total amount of cash provided by the buyer, before change is given. | |
*/ | |
buyer_tendered_money?: Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of change returned to the buyer. | |
*/ | |
change_back_money?: Money; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates a tender's type. | |
*/ | |
export class TenderType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a generic time range. The start and end values are represented in RFC-3339 format. Time ranges are | |
* customized to be inclusive or exclusive based on the needs of a particular endpoint. Refer to the relevent | |
* endpoint-specific documentation to determine how time ranges are handled. | |
*/ | |
export class TimeRange { | |
/** | |
* A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range starts. | |
*/ | |
start_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A datetime value in RFC-3339 format indicating when the time range ends. | |
*/ | |
end_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Represents a transaction processed with Square, either with the Connect API or with Square Point of Sale. | |
* The `tenders` field of this object lists all methods of payment used to pay in the transaction. | |
*/ | |
export class Transaction { | |
/** | |
* The transaction's unique ID, issued by Square payments servers. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the transaction's associated location. | |
*/ | |
location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the transaction was created, in RFC 3339 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The tenders used to pay in the transaction. | |
*/ | |
tenders?: Array<Tender>; | |
/** | |
* Refunds that have been applied to any tender in the transaction. | |
*/ | |
refunds?: Array<Refund>; | |
/** | |
* If the transaction was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-transactions-charge) endpoint, this value is the same as | |
* the value provided for the `reference_id` parameter in the request to that endpoint. Otherwise, it is not set. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square product that processed the transaction. See [TransactionProduct](#type-transactionproduct) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
product?: Transaction.ProductEnum; | |
/** | |
* If the transaction was created in the Square Point of Sale app, this value is the ID generated for the | |
* transaction by Square Point of Sale. This ID has no relationship to the transaction's canonical `id`, which is | |
* generated by Square's backend servers. This value is generated for bookkeeping purposes, in case the transaction | |
* cannot immediately be completed (for example, if the transaction is processed in offline mode). | |
* It is not currently possible with the Connect API to perform a transaction lookup by this value. | |
*/ | |
client_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The shipping address provided in the request, if any. | |
*/ | |
shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The order_id is an identifier for the order associated with this transaction, if any. | |
*/ | |
order_id?: string; | |
} | |
export namespace Transaction { | |
export type ProductEnum = | |
'REGISTER' | | |
'EXTERNAL_API' | | |
'BILLING' | | |
'APPOINTMENTS' | | |
'INVOICES' | | |
'ONLINE_STORE' | | |
'PAYROLL' | | |
'OTHER'; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Indicates the Square product used to process a transaction. | |
*/ | |
export class TransactionProduct { } | |
/** | |
* A request to update a `BreakType` | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateBreakTypeRequest { | |
/** | |
* The updated `BreakType`. | |
*/ | |
break_type?: BreakType; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A response to a request to update a `BreakType`. Contains the requested `BreakType` objects. May contain a set of | |
* `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateBreakTypeResponse { | |
/** | |
* The response object. | |
*/ | |
break_type?: BreakType; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the body parameters that can be provided in a request to the UpdateCustomer endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateCustomerRequest { | |
/** | |
* The customer's given (i.e., first) name. | |
*/ | |
given_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's family (i.e., last) name. | |
*/ | |
family_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the customer's company. | |
*/ | |
company_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* A nickname for the customer. | |
*/ | |
nickname?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's email address. | |
*/ | |
email_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer's physical address. | |
*/ | |
address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The customer's phone number. | |
*/ | |
phone_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional second ID you can set to associate the customer with an entity in another system. | |
*/ | |
reference_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional note to associate with the customer. | |
*/ | |
note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The customer birthday in RFC-3339 format. Year is optional, timezone and times are not allowed. Example: | |
* `0000-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on September 1st. `1998-09-01T00:00:00-00:00` for a birthday on | |
* September 1st 1998. | |
*/ | |
birthday?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the UpdateCustomer endpoint. | |
* One of `errors` or `customer` is present in a given response (never both). | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateCustomerResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The updated customer. | |
*/ | |
customer?: Customer; | |
} | |
export class UpdateItemModifierListsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s are being updated. | |
*/ | |
item_ids: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to enable for the | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
modifier_lists_to_enable?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The set of [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist)s (referenced by ID) to disable for the | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
modifier_lists_to_disable?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
export class UpdateItemModifierListsResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
export class UpdateItemTaxesRequest { | |
/** | |
* The [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem)s whose enabled/disabled [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es are being updated. | |
*/ | |
item_ids: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to enable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
taxes_to_enable?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The set of [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax)es (referenced by ID) to disable for the [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem). | |
*/ | |
taxes_to_disable?: Array<string>; | |
} | |
export class UpdateItemTaxesResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The database [timestamp](#workingwithdates) of this update in RFC 3339 format, e.g., "2016-09-04T23:59:33.123Z". | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in requests to the [UpdateOrder](#endpoint-orders-updateorder) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateOrderRequest { | |
/** | |
* The [sparse order](/orders-api/manage-orders#sparse-order-objects) containing only the fields to update and | |
* the version the update is being applied to. | |
*/ | |
order?: Order; | |
/** | |
* The [dot notation paths](/orders-api/manage-orders#on-dot-notation) fields to clear. | |
* For example, `line_items[uid].note` [Read more about Deleting fields](/orders-api/manage-orders#delete-fields). | |
*/ | |
fields_to_clear?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this update request ff you're unsure whether a particular | |
* update was applied to an order successfully, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key without | |
* worrying about creating duplicate updates to the order. The latest order version will be returned. | |
* See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [UpdateOrder](#endpoint-orders-updateorder) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateOrderResponse { | |
/** | |
* The updated Order. | |
*/ | |
order?: Order; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request to update a `Shift` object. | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateShiftRequest { | |
/** | |
* The updated `Shift` object. | |
*/ | |
shift: Shift; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to a request to update a `Shift`. | |
* Contains the updated `Shift` object. May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateShiftResponse { | |
/** | |
* The updated `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
shift?: Shift; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* A request to update a `WorkweekConfig` object | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateWorkweekConfigRequest { | |
/** | |
* The updated `WorkweekConfig` object. | |
*/ | |
workweek_config?: WorkweekConfig; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The response to a request to update a `WorkweekConfig` object. Contains the updated `WorkweekConfig` object. | |
* May contain a set of `Error` objects if the request resulted in errors. | |
*/ | |
export class UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse { | |
/** | |
* The response object. | |
*/ | |
workweek_config?: WorkweekConfig; | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
export class UpsertCatalogObjectRequest { | |
/** | |
* A value you specify that uniquely identifies this request among all your requests. | |
* A common way to create a valid idempotency key is to use a Universally unique identifier (UUID). | |
* If you're unsure whether a particular request was successful, you can reattempt it with the same idempotency key | |
* without worrying about creating duplicate objects. See [Idempotency](/basics/api101/idempotency) for more information. | |
*/ | |
idempotency_key: string; | |
/** | |
* A [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) to be created or updated. | |
* - For updates, the object must be active (the `is_deleted` field is not `true`). | |
* - For creates, the object ID must start with `#`. The provided ID is replaced with a server-generated ID. | |
*/ | |
object: CatalogObject; | |
} | |
export class UpsertCatalogObjectResponse { | |
/** | |
* The set of [Error](#type-error)s encountered. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The created [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject). | |
*/ | |
catalog_object?: CatalogObject; | |
/** | |
* The mapping between client and server IDs for this Upsert. | |
*/ | |
id_mappings?: Array<CatalogIdMapping>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1AdjustInventoryRequest | |
*/ | |
export class V1AdjustInventoryRequest { | |
/** | |
* The number to adjust the variation's quantity by. | |
*/ | |
quantity_delta?: number; | |
/** | |
* The reason for the inventory adjustment. | |
* See [V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType](#type-v1adjustinventoryrequestadjustmenttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
adjustment_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note about the inventory adjustment. | |
*/ | |
memo?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1AdjustInventoryRequestAdjustmentType { } | |
export class V1ApplyFeeRequest { } | |
export class V1ApplyModifierListRequest { } | |
/** | |
* V1BankAccount | |
*/ | |
export class V1BankAccount { | |
/** | |
* The bank account's Square-issued ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square-issued ID of the merchant associated with the bank account. | |
*/ | |
merchant_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the bank that manages the account. | |
*/ | |
bank_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name associated with the bank account. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The bank account's routing number. | |
*/ | |
routing_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* The last few digits of the bank account number. | |
*/ | |
account_number_suffix?: string; | |
/** | |
* The currency code of the currency associated with the bank account, in ISO 4217 format. | |
* For example, the currency code for US dollars is USD. | |
*/ | |
currency_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The bank account's type (for example, savings or checking). | |
* See [V1BankAccountType](#type-v1bankaccounttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1BankAccountType { } | |
/** | |
* V1CashDrawerEvent | |
*/ | |
export class V1CashDrawerEvent { | |
/** | |
* The event's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the employee that created the event. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of event that occurred. See [V1CashDrawerEventEventType](#type-v1cashdrawereventeventtype) for possible | |
* values | |
*/ | |
event_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money that was added to or removed from the cash drawer because of the event. | |
* This value can be positive (for added money) or negative (for removed money). | |
*/ | |
event_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The time when the event occurred, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* An optional description of the event, entered by the employee that created it. | |
*/ | |
description?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1CashDrawerEventEventType { } | |
/** | |
* Contains details for a single cash drawer shift. | |
*/ | |
export class V1CashDrawerShift { | |
/** | |
* The shift's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The shift's current state. See [V1CashDrawerShiftEventType](#type-v1cashdrawershifteventtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
event_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the shift began, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
opened_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the shift ended, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
ended_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the shift was closed, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
closed_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The IDs of all employees that were logged into Square Register at some point during the cash drawer shift. | |
*/ | |
employee_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the employee that started the cash drawer shift. | |
*/ | |
opening_employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the employee that ended the cash drawer shift. | |
*/ | |
ending_employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the employee that closed the cash drawer shift by auditing the cash drawer's contents. | |
*/ | |
closing_employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A description of the cash drawer shift. | |
*/ | |
description?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money in the cash drawer at the start of the shift. | |
*/ | |
starting_cash_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money added to the cash drawer from cash payments. | |
*/ | |
cash_payment_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money removed from the cash drawer from cash refunds. This value is always negative or zero. | |
*/ | |
cash_refunds_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money added to the cash drawer for reasons other than cash payments. | |
*/ | |
cash_paid_in_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money removed from the cash drawer for reasons other than cash refunds. | |
*/ | |
cash_paid_out_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money that should be in the cash drawer at the end of the shift, based on the shift's other money amounts. | |
*/ | |
expected_cash_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money found in the cash drawer at the end of the shift by an auditing employee. | |
*/ | |
closed_cash_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The device running Square Register that was connected to the cash drawer. | |
*/ | |
device?: Device; | |
/** | |
* All of the events (payments, refunds, and so on) that involved the cash drawer during the shift. | |
*/ | |
events?: Array<V1CashDrawerEvent>; | |
} | |
export class V1CashDrawerShiftEventType { } | |
/** | |
* V1Category | |
*/ | |
export class V1Category { | |
/** | |
* The category's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The category's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID. | |
*/ | |
v2_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateCategoryRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1Category; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateDiscountRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1Discount; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateEmployeeRoleRequest { | |
/** | |
* An EmployeeRole object with a name and permissions, and an optional owner flag. | |
*/ | |
employee_role?: V1EmployeeRole; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateFeeRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1Fee; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateItemRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1Item; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateModifierListRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1ModifierList; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateModifierOptionRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1ModifierOption; | |
} | |
export class V1CreatePageRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1Page; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1CreateRefundRequest | |
*/ | |
export class V1CreateRefundRequest { | |
/** | |
* The ID of the payment to refund. If you are creating a `PARTIAL` refund for a split tender payment, instead | |
* provide the id of the particular tender you want to refund. | |
*/ | |
payment_id: string; | |
/** | |
* TThe type of refund (FULL or PARTIAL). | |
* See [V1CreateRefundRequestType](#type-v1createrefundrequesttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type: string; | |
/** | |
* The reason for the refund. | |
*/ | |
reason: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money to refund. Required only for PARTIAL refunds. | |
*/ | |
refunded_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* An optional key to ensure idempotence if you issue the same PARTIAL refund request more than once. | |
*/ | |
request_idempotence_key?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1CreateRefundRequestType { } | |
export class V1CreateVariationRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. | |
* See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body?: V1Variation; | |
} | |
export class V1DeleteCategoryRequest { } | |
export class V1DeleteDiscountRequest { } | |
export class V1DeleteFeeRequest { } | |
export class V1DeleteItemRequest { } | |
export class V1DeleteModifierListRequest { } | |
export class V1DeleteModifierOptionRequest { } | |
export class V1DeletePageCellRequest { | |
/** | |
* The row of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Row 0 is the top row. | |
*/ | |
row?: string; | |
/** | |
* The column of the cell to clear. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. Column 0 is the leftmost column. | |
*/ | |
column?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1DeletePageRequest { } | |
export class V1DeleteTimecardRequest { } | |
export class V1DeleteTimecardResponse { } | |
export class V1DeleteVariationRequest { } | |
/** | |
* V1Discount | |
*/ | |
export class V1Discount { | |
/** | |
* The discount's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The discount's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The rate of the discount, as a string representation of a decimal number. | |
* A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. This rate is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_PERCENTAGE. | |
*/ | |
rate?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the discount. This amount is 0 if discount_type is VARIABLE_AMOUNT. | |
* This field is not included for rate-based discounts. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the discount is a FIXED value or entered at the time of sale. | |
* See [V1DiscountDiscountType](#type-v1discountdiscounttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
discount_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether a mobile staff member needs to enter their PIN to apply the discount to a payment. | |
*/ | |
pin_required?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. | |
* The default color is "9da2a6". See [V1DiscountColor](#type-v1discountcolor) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
color?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID. | |
*/ | |
v2_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1DiscountColor { } | |
export class V1DiscountDiscountType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents one of a business's employees. | |
*/ | |
export class V1Employee { | |
/** | |
* The employee's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The employee's first name. | |
*/ | |
first_name: string; | |
/** | |
* The employee's last name. | |
*/ | |
last_name: string; | |
/** | |
* The ids of the employee's associated roles. Currently, you can specify only one or zero roles per employee. | |
*/ | |
role_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The IDs of the locations the employee is allowed to clock in at. | |
*/ | |
authorized_location_ids?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The employee's email address. | |
*/ | |
email?: string; | |
/** | |
* CWhether the employee is ACTIVE or INACTIVE. Inactive employees cannot sign in to Square Register.Merchants | |
* update this field from the Square Dashboard. See [V1EmployeeStatus](#type-v1employeestatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* An ID the merchant can set to associate the employee with an entity in another system. | |
*/ | |
external_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1EmployeeRole | |
*/ | |
export class V1EmployeeRole { | |
/** | |
* The role's unique ID, Can only be set by Square. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The role's merchant-defined name. | |
*/ | |
name: string; | |
/** | |
* The role's permissions. See [V1EmployeeRolePermissions](#type-v1employeerolepermissions) for possible values | |
*/ | |
permissions: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* If true, employees with this role have all permissions, regardless of the values indicated in permissions. | |
*/ | |
is_owner?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The time when the employee entity was created, in ISO 8601 format. Is set by Square when the Role is created. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the employee entity was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. | |
* Is set by Square when the Role updated. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1EmployeeRolePermissions { } | |
export class V1EmployeeStatus { } | |
/** | |
* V1Fee | |
*/ | |
export class V1Fee { | |
/** | |
* The fee's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The fee's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The rate of the fee, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. | |
*/ | |
rate?: string; | |
/** | |
* Forthcoming See [V1FeeCalculationPhase](#type-v1feecalculationphase) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
calculation_phase?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of adjustment the fee applies to a payment. Currently, this value is TAX for all fees. | |
* See [V1FeeAdjustmentType](#type-v1feeadjustmenttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
adjustment_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* If true, the fee applies to custom amounts entered into Square Register that are not associated with a particular item. | |
*/ | |
applies_to_custom_amounts?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* If true, the fee is applied to all appropriate items. If false, the fee is not applied at all. | |
*/ | |
enabled?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Whether the fee is ADDITIVE or INCLUSIVE. See [V1FeeInclusionType](#type-v1feeinclusiontype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
inclusion_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* In countries with multiple classifications for sales taxes, indicates which classification the fee falls under. | |
* Currently relevant only to Canadian merchants. See [V1FeeType](#type-v1feetype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID. | |
*/ | |
v2_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1FeeAdjustmentType { } | |
export class V1FeeCalculationPhase { } | |
export class V1FeeInclusionType { } | |
export class V1FeeType { } | |
/** | |
* V1InventoryEntry | |
*/ | |
export class V1InventoryEntry { | |
/** | |
* The variation that the entry corresponds to. | |
*/ | |
variation_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The current available quantity of the item variation. | |
*/ | |
quantity_on_hand?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1Item | |
*/ | |
export class V1Item { | |
/** | |
* The item's ID. Must be unique among all entity IDs ever provided on behalf of the merchant. | |
* You can never reuse an ID. This value can include alphanumeric characters, dashes (-), and underscores (_). | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item's description. | |
*/ | |
description?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item's type. This value is NORMAL for almost all items. See [V1ItemType](#type-v1itemtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The color of the discount's display label in Square Register, if not the default color. | |
* The default color is '9da2a6'. See [V1ItemColor](#type-v1itemcolor) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
color?: string; | |
/** | |
* The text of the item's display label in Square Register. Only up to the first five characters of the string are used. | |
*/ | |
abbreviation?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the item is viewable from the merchant's online store (PUBLIC) or PRIVATE. | |
* See [V1ItemVisibility](#type-v1itemvisibility) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
visibility?: string; | |
/** | |
* If true, the item can be added to shipping orders from the merchant's online store. | |
*/ | |
available_online?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The item's master image, if any. | |
*/ | |
master_image?: V1ItemImage; | |
/** | |
* The category the item belongs to, if any. | |
*/ | |
category?: V1Category; | |
/** | |
* The item's variations. You must specify at least one variation. | |
*/ | |
variations?: Array<V1Variation>; | |
/** | |
* The modifier lists that apply to the item, if any. | |
*/ | |
modifier_lists?: Array<V1Variation>; | |
/** | |
* The fees that apply to the item, if any. | |
*/ | |
fees?: Array<V1Fee>; | |
/** | |
* Deprecated. This field is not used. | |
*/ | |
taxable?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the item's category, if any. | |
*/ | |
category_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* If true, the item can be added to pickup orders from the merchant's online store. Default value: false | |
*/ | |
available_for_pickup?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID. | |
*/ | |
v2_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ItemColor { } | |
/** | |
* V1ItemImage | |
*/ | |
export class V1ItemImage { | |
/** | |
* The image's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The image's publicly accessible URL. | |
*/ | |
url?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ItemType { } | |
export class V1ItemVisibility { } | |
export class V1ListBankAccountsRequest { } | |
export class V1ListBankAccountsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1BankAccount>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order in which cash drawer shifts are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. | |
* Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time minus 90 days. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListCashDrawerShiftsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1CashDrawerShift>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListCategoriesRequest { } | |
export class V1ListCategoriesResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Category>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListDiscountsRequest { } | |
export class V1ListDiscountsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Discount>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListEmployeeRolesRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. | |
* Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListEmployeeRolesResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1EmployeeRole>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListEmployeesRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order in which employees are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. | |
* Default value: ASC See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 | |
* format | |
*/ | |
begin_updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by there updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
end_updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their created_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
begin_created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their created_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
end_created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified status (ACTIVE or INACTIVE). | |
* See [V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus](#type-v1listemployeesrequeststatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, the endpoint returns only employee entities with the specified external_id. | |
*/ | |
external_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListEmployeesRequestStatus { } | |
export class V1ListEmployeesResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Employee>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListFeesRequest { } | |
export class V1ListFeesResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Fee>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListInventoryRequest { | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of inventory entries to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 1000. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListInventoryResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1InventoryEntry>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListItemsRequest { | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListItemsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Item>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListLocationsRequest { } | |
export class V1ListLocationsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Merchant>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListModifierListsRequest { } | |
export class V1ListModifierListsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1ModifierList>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListOrdersRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListOrdersResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Order>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListPagesRequest { } | |
export class V1ListPagesResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Page>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListPaymentsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 | |
* (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than | |
* begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether or not to include partial payments in the response. Partial payments will have the tenders | |
* collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed. | |
*/ | |
include_partial?: boolean; | |
} | |
export class V1ListPaymentsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Payment>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListRefundsRequest { | |
/** | |
* TThe order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 | |
* (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than | |
* begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The approximate number of refunds to return in a single response. Default: 100. Max: 200. Response may contain | |
* more results than the prescribed limit when refunds are made simultaneously to multiple tenders in a payment or | |
* when refunds are generated in an exchange to account for the value of returned goods. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListRefundsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Refund>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListSettlementsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order in which payments are listed in the response. See [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* The beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is before January 1, 2013 | |
* (2013-01-01T00:00:00Z), this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time minus one year. | |
*/ | |
begin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. If this value is more than one year greater than | |
* begin_time, this endpoint returns an error. Default value: The current time. | |
*/ | |
end_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The maximum number of payments to return in a single response. This value cannot exceed 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* Provide this parameter to retrieve only settlements with a particular status (SENT or FAILED). | |
* See [V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus](#type-v1listsettlementsrequeststatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListSettlementsRequestStatus { } | |
export class V1ListSettlementsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Settlement>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListTimecardEventsRequest { } | |
export class V1ListTimecardEventsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1TimecardEvent>; | |
} | |
export class V1ListTimecardsRequest { | |
/** | |
* The order in which timecards are listed in the response, based on their created_at field. See | |
* [SortOrder](#type-sortorder) for possible values | |
*/ | |
order?: string; | |
/** | |
* If provided, the endpoint returns only timecards for the employee with the specified ID. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
begin_clockin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their clockin_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
end_clockin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
begin_clockout_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their clockout_time field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
end_clockout_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their updated_at field, the beginning of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
begin_updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* If filtering results by their updated_at field, the end of the requested reporting period, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
end_updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* If true, only deleted timecards are returned. If false, only valid timecards are returned. | |
* If you don't provide this parameter, both valid and deleted timecards are returned. | |
*/ | |
deleted?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The maximum integer number of employee entities to return in a single response. Default 100, maximum 200. | |
*/ | |
limit?: number; | |
/** | |
* A pagination cursor to retrieve the next set of results for your original query to the endpoint. | |
*/ | |
batch_token?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ListTimecardsResponse { | |
items?: Array<V1Timecard>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the **RetrieveBusiness** endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class V1Merchant { | |
/** | |
* The merchant account's unique identifier. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name associated with the merchant account. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The email address associated with the merchant account. | |
*/ | |
email?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the merchant account corresponds to a single-location account (LOCATION) or a business account | |
* (BUSINESS). This value is almost always LOCATION. | |
* See [V1MerchantAccountType](#type-v1merchantaccounttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
account_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* Capabilities that are enabled for the merchant's Square account. | |
* Capabilities that are not listed in this array are not enabled for the account. | |
*/ | |
account_capabilities?: Array<string>; | |
/** | |
* The country associated with the merchant account, in ISO 3166-1-alpha-2 format. | |
*/ | |
country_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The language associated with the merchant account, in BCP 47 format. | |
*/ | |
language_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The currency associated with the merchant account, in ISO 4217 format. For example, the currency code for US | |
* dollars is USD. | |
*/ | |
currency_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the merchant's business. | |
*/ | |
business_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The address of the merchant's business. | |
*/ | |
business_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The phone number of the merchant's business. | |
*/ | |
business_phone?: V1PhoneNumber; | |
/** | |
* The type of business operated by the merchant. | |
* See [V1MerchantBusinessType](#type-v1merchantbusinesstype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
business_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The merchant's shipping address. | |
*/ | |
shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one. | |
*/ | |
location_details?: V1MerchantLocationDetails; | |
/** | |
* The URL of the merchant's online store. | |
*/ | |
market_url?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1MerchantAccountType { } | |
export class V1MerchantBusinessType { } | |
/** | |
* Additional information for a single-location account specified by its associated business account, if it has one. | |
*/ | |
export class V1MerchantLocationDetails { | |
/** | |
* The nickname assigned to the single-location account by the parent business. | |
* This value appears in the parent business's multi-location dashboard. | |
*/ | |
nickname?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1ModifierList | |
*/ | |
export class V1ModifierList { | |
/** | |
* The modifier list's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The modifier list's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether MULTIPLE options or a SINGLE option from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. | |
* See [V1ModifierListSelectionType](#type-v1modifierlistselectiontype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
selection_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The options included in the modifier list. | |
*/ | |
modifier_options?: Array<V1ModifierOption>; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID. | |
*/ | |
v2_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1ModifierListSelectionType { } | |
/** | |
* V1ModifierOption | |
*/ | |
export class V1ModifierOption { | |
/** | |
* The modifier option's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The modifier option's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The modifier option's price. | |
*/ | |
price_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* If true, the modifier option is the default option in a modifier list for which selection_type is SINGLE. | |
*/ | |
on_by_default?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the modifier option's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. | |
* If more than one modifier option in the same modifier list has the same ordinal value, those options are displayed | |
* in alphabetical order. | |
*/ | |
ordinal?: number; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the modifier list the option belongs to. | |
*/ | |
modifier_list_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. | |
* Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID. | |
*/ | |
v2_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1Money { | |
/** | |
* Amount in the lowest denominated value of this Currency. | |
* E.g. in USD these are cents, in JPY they are Yen (which do not have a 'cent' concept). | |
*/ | |
amount?: number; | |
/** | |
* See [Currency](#type-currency) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
currency_code?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1Order | |
*/ | |
export class V1Order { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The order's unique identifier. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The email address of the order's buyer. | |
*/ | |
buyer_email?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the order's buyer. | |
*/ | |
recipient_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The phone number to use for the order's delivery. | |
*/ | |
recipient_phone_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. See [V1OrderState](#type-v1orderstate) for possible | |
* values | |
*/ | |
state?: string; | |
/** | |
* The address to ship the order to. | |
*/ | |
shipping_address?: Address; | |
/** | |
* The amount of all items purchased in the order, before taxes and shipping. | |
*/ | |
subtotal_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The shipping cost for the order. | |
*/ | |
total_shipping_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all taxes applied to the order. | |
*/ | |
total_tax_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total cost of the order. | |
*/ | |
total_price_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all discounts applied to the order. | |
*/ | |
total_discount_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The time when the order was created, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the order was last modified, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the order expires if no action is taken, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
expires_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The unique identifier of the payment associated with the order. | |
*/ | |
payment_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note provided by the buyer when the order was created, if any. | |
*/ | |
buyer_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to COMPLETED, if any | |
*/ | |
completed_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to REFUNDED, if any. | |
*/ | |
refunded_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* A note provided by the merchant when the order's state was set to CANCELED, if any. | |
*/ | |
canceled_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The tender used to pay for the order. | |
*/ | |
tender?: V1Tender; | |
/** | |
* The history of actions associated with the order. | |
*/ | |
order_history?: Array<V1OrderHistoryEntry>; | |
/** | |
* The promo code provided by the buyer, if any. | |
*/ | |
promo_code?: string; | |
/** | |
* For Bitcoin transactions, the address that the buyer sent Bitcoin to. | |
*/ | |
btc_receive_address?: string; | |
/** | |
* For Bitcoin transactions, the price of the buyer's order in satoshi (100 million satoshi equals 1 BTC). | |
*/ | |
btc_price_satoshi?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1OrderHistoryEntry | |
*/ | |
export class V1OrderHistoryEntry { | |
/** | |
* The type of action performed on the order. | |
* See [V1OrderHistoryEntryAction](#type-v1orderhistoryentryaction) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
action?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the action was performed, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1OrderHistoryEntryAction { } | |
export class V1OrderState { } | |
/** | |
* V1Page | |
*/ | |
export class V1Page { | |
/** | |
* The page's unique identifier. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The page's name, if any. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The page's position in the merchant's list of pages. Always an integer between 0 and 6, inclusive. | |
*/ | |
page_index?: number; | |
/** | |
* The cells included on the page. | |
*/ | |
cells?: Array<V1PageCell>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1PageCell | |
*/ | |
export class V1PageCell { | |
/** | |
* The unique identifier of the page the cell is included on. | |
*/ | |
page_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The row of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. | |
*/ | |
row?: number; | |
/** | |
* The column of the cell. Always an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive. | |
*/ | |
column?: number; | |
/** | |
* The type of entity represented in the cell (ITEM, DISCOUNT, CATEGORY, or PLACEHOLDER). | |
* See [V1PageCellObjectType](#type-v1pagecellobjecttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
object_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The unique identifier of the entity represented in the cell. | |
* Not present for cells with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER. | |
*/ | |
object_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* For a cell with an object_type of PLACEHOLDER, this value indicates the cell's special behavior. See | |
* [V1PageCellPlaceholderType](#type-v1pagecellplaceholdertype) for possible values | |
*/ | |
placeholder_type?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1PageCellObjectType { } | |
export class V1PageCellPlaceholderType { } | |
/** | |
* A payment represents a paid transaction between a Square merchant and a customer. | |
* Payment details are usually available from Connect API endpoints within a few minutes after the transaction completes. | |
* Each Payment object includes several fields that end in `_money`. | |
* These fields describe the various amounts of money that contribute to the payment total: | |
* <ul><li>Monetary values are <b>positive</b> if they represent an <em>increase</em> in the amount of money the merchant receives | |
* (e.g., <code>tax_money</code>, <code>tip_money</code>).</li> | |
* <li> Monetary values are <b>negative</b> if they represent an <em>decrease</em> in the amount of money the merchant receives | |
* (e.g., <code>discount_money</code>, <code>refunded_money</code>).</li></ul> | |
*/ | |
export class V1Payment { | |
/** | |
* The payment's unique identifier. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The unique identifier of the merchant that took the payment. | |
*/ | |
merchant_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the payment was created, in ISO 8601 format. Reflects the time of the first payment if the object | |
* represents an incomplete partial payment, and the time of the last or complete payment otherwise. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The unique identifier of the Square account that took the payment. | |
*/ | |
creator_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The device that took the payment. | |
*/ | |
device?: Device; | |
/** | |
* The URL of the payment's detail page in the merchant dashboard. The merchant must be signed in to the merchant | |
* dashboard to view this page. | |
*/ | |
payment_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The URL of the receipt for the payment. Note that for split tender payments, this URL corresponds to the receipt | |
* for the first tender listed in the payment's tender field. Each Tender object has its own receipt_url field you | |
* can use to get the other receipts associated with a split tender payment. | |
*/ | |
receipt_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The sum of all inclusive taxes associated with the payment. | |
*/ | |
inclusive_tax_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The sum of all additive taxes associated with the payment. | |
*/ | |
additive_tax_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all taxes applied to the payment. | |
* This is always the sum of inclusive_tax_money and additive_tax_money. | |
*/ | |
tax_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all tips applied to the payment. | |
*/ | |
tip_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all discounts applied to the payment. | |
*/ | |
discount_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all discounts applied to the payment. | |
*/ | |
total_collected_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all processing fees collected by Square for the payment. | |
*/ | |
processing_fee_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount to be deposited into the merchant's bank account for the payment. | |
*/ | |
net_total_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all refunds applied to the payment. | |
*/ | |
refunded_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes, rounded to the smallest legal unit of currency (e.g., the | |
* nearest penny in USD, the nearest nickel in CAD) | |
*/ | |
swedish_rounding_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all sales, including any applicable taxes. | |
*/ | |
gross_sales_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all sales, minus any applicable taxes. | |
*/ | |
net_sales_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* All of the inclusive taxes associated with the payment. | |
*/ | |
inclusive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>; | |
/** | |
* All of the additive taxes associated with the payment. | |
*/ | |
additive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>; | |
/** | |
* All of the tenders associated with the payment. | |
*/ | |
tender?: Array<V1Tender>; | |
/** | |
* All of the refunds applied to the payment. Note that the value of all refunds on a payment can exceed the value of all | |
* tenders if a merchant chooses to refund money to a tender after previously accepting returned goods as part of an exchange. | |
*/ | |
refunds?: Array<V1Refund>; | |
/** | |
* The items purchased in the payment. | |
*/ | |
itemizations?: Array<V1PaymentItemization>; | |
/** | |
* The total of all surcharges applied to the payment. | |
*/ | |
surcharge_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* A list of all surcharges associated with the payment. | |
*/ | |
surcharges?: Array<V1PaymentSurcharge>; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether or not the payment is only partially paid for. If true, this payment will have the tenders | |
* collected so far, but the itemizations will be empty until the payment is completed. | |
*/ | |
is_partial?: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1PaymentDiscount | |
*/ | |
export class V1PaymentDiscount { | |
/** | |
* The discount's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money that this discount adds to the payment (note that this value is always negative or zero). | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the applied discount, if available. Discounts applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID. | |
*/ | |
discount_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1PaymentItemDetail | |
*/ | |
export class V1PaymentItemDetail { | |
/** | |
* The name of the item's merchant-defined category, if any. | |
*/ | |
category_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item's merchant-defined SKU, if any. | |
*/ | |
sku?: string; | |
/** | |
* The unique ID of the item purchased, if any. | |
*/ | |
item_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The unique ID of the item variation purchased, if any. | |
*/ | |
item_variation_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Payment include an `itemizations` field that lists the items purchased, along with associated fees, modifiers, and | |
* discounts. Each itemization has an `itemization_type` field that indicates which of the following the itemization | |
* represents: <ul> <li>An item variation from the merchant's item library</li> <li>A custom monetary amount</li> <li> | |
* An action performed on a Square gift card, such as activating or reloading it. </li> </ul> *Note**: itemization | |
* information included in a `Payment` object reflects details collected **at the time of the payment**. | |
* Details such as the name or price of items might have changed since the payment was processed. | |
*/ | |
export class V1PaymentItemization { | |
/** | |
* The item's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The quantity of the item purchased. This can be a decimal value. | |
*/ | |
quantity?: number; | |
/** | |
* The type of purchase that the itemization represents, such as an ITEM or CUSTOM_AMOUNT See | |
* [V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType](#type-v1paymentitemizationitemizationtype) for possible values | |
*/ | |
itemization_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* Details of the item, including its unique identifier and the identifier of the item variation purchased. | |
*/ | |
item_detail?: V1PaymentItemDetail; | |
/** | |
* Notes entered by the merchant about the item at the time of payment, if any. | |
*/ | |
notes?: string; | |
/** | |
* The name of the item variation purchased, if any. | |
*/ | |
item_variation_name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The total cost of the item, including all taxes and discounts. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The cost of a single unit of this item. | |
*/ | |
single_quantity_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total cost of the itemization and its modifiers, not including taxes or discounts. | |
*/ | |
gross_sales_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all discounts applied to the itemization. This value is always negative or zero. | |
*/ | |
discount_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The sum of gross_sales_money and discount_money. | |
*/ | |
net_sales_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* All taxes applied to this itemization. | |
*/ | |
taxes?: Array<V1PaymentTax>; | |
/** | |
* All discounts applied to this itemization. | |
*/ | |
discounts?: Array<V1PaymentDiscount>; | |
/** | |
* All modifier options applied to this itemization. | |
*/ | |
modifiers?: Array<V1PaymentModifier>; | |
} | |
export class V1PaymentItemizationItemizationType { } | |
/** | |
* V1PaymentModifier | |
*/ | |
export class V1PaymentModifier { | |
/** | |
* The modifier option's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money that this modifier option adds to the payment. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* TThe ID of the applied modifier option, if available. Modifier options applied in older versions of Square | |
* Register might not have an ID. | |
*/ | |
modifier_option_id?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1PaymentSurcharge | |
*/ | |
export class V1PaymentSurcharge { | |
/** | |
* The name of the surcharge. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money applied to the order as a result of the surcharge. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the surcharge as a percentage. The percentage is provided as a string representing the decimal | |
* equivalent of the percentage. For example, \"0.7\" corresponds to a 7% surcharge. Exactly one of rate or | |
* amount_money should be set. | |
*/ | |
rate?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of the surcharge as a Money object. Exactly one of rate or amount_money should be set. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the source of the surcharge. For example, if it was applied as an automatic gratuity for a large group. | |
* See [V1PaymentSurchargeType](#type-v1paymentsurchargetype) for possible values | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the surcharge is taxable. | |
*/ | |
taxable?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The list of taxes that should be applied to the surcharge. | |
*/ | |
taxes?: Array<V1PaymentTax>; | |
/** | |
* A Square-issued unique identifier associated with the surcharge. | |
*/ | |
surcharge_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1PaymentSurchargeType { } | |
/** | |
* V1PaymentTax | |
*/ | |
export class V1PaymentTax { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
/** | |
* The merchant-defined name of the tax. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money that this tax adds to the payment. | |
*/ | |
applied_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The rate of the tax, as a string representation of a decimal number. A value of 0.07 corresponds to a rate of 7%. | |
*/ | |
rate?: string; | |
/** | |
* Whether the tax is an ADDITIVE tax or an INCLUSIVE tax. | |
* See [V1PaymentTaxInclusionType](#type-v1paymenttaxinclusiontype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
inclusion_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the tax, if available. Taxes applied in older versions of Square Register might not have an ID. | |
*/ | |
fee_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1PaymentTaxInclusionType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a phone number. | |
*/ | |
export class V1PhoneNumber { | |
/** | |
* The phone number's international calling code. For US phone numbers, this value is +1. | |
*/ | |
calling_code: string; | |
/** | |
* The phone number. | |
*/ | |
number: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1Refund | |
*/ | |
export class V1Refund { | |
/** | |
* The type of refund. See [V1RefundType](#type-v1refundtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The merchant-specified reason for the refund. | |
*/ | |
reason?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money refunded. This amount is always negative. | |
*/ | |
refunded_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of processing fee money refunded. This amount is always positive. | |
*/ | |
refunded_processing_fee_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of tax money refunded. This amount is always negative. | |
*/ | |
refunded_tax_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of additive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative. | |
*/ | |
refunded_additive_tax_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* All of the additive taxes associated with the refund. | |
*/ | |
refunded_additive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>; | |
/** | |
* The amount of inclusive tax money refunded. This amount is always negative. | |
*/ | |
refunded_inclusive_tax_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* All of the inclusive taxes associated with the refund. | |
*/ | |
refunded_inclusive_tax?: Array<V1PaymentTax>; | |
/** | |
* The amount of tip money refunded. This amount is always negative. | |
*/ | |
refunded_tip_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of discount money refunded. This amount is always positive. | |
*/ | |
refunded_discount_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of surcharge money refunded. This amount is always negative. | |
*/ | |
refunded_surcharge_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* A list of all surcharges associated with the refund. | |
*/ | |
refunded_surcharges?: Array<V1PaymentSurcharge>; | |
/** | |
* The time when the merchant initiated the refund for Square to process, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when Square processed the refund on behalf of the merchant, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
processed_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A Square-issued ID associated with the refund. For single-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original | |
* payment ID. For split-tender refunds, payment_id is the ID of the original tender. For exchange-based refunds | |
* (is_exchange == true), payment_id is the ID of the original payment ID even if the payment includes other tenders. | |
*/ | |
payment_id?: string; | |
merchant_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether or not the refund is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the refund reflects | |
* the value of goods returned in the exchange not the total money refunded. | |
*/ | |
is_exchange?: boolean; | |
} | |
export class V1RefundType { } | |
export class V1RemoveFeeRequest { } | |
export class V1RemoveModifierListRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveBankAccountRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveBusinessRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveCashDrawerShiftRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveEmployeeRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveEmployeeRoleRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveItemRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveModifierListRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveOrderRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrievePaymentRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveSettlementRequest { } | |
export class V1RetrieveTimecardRequest { } | |
/** | |
* V1Settlement | |
*/ | |
export class V1Settlement { | |
/** | |
* The settlement's unique identifier. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementStatus](#type-v1settlementstatus) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
status?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of money involved in the settlement. | |
* A positive amount indicates a deposit, and a negative amount indicates a withdrawal. This amount is never zero. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The time when the settlement was submitted for deposit or withdrawal, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
initiated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The Square-issued unique identifier for the bank account associated with the settlement. | |
*/ | |
bank_account_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The entries included in this settlement. | |
*/ | |
entries?: Array<V1SettlementEntry>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1SettlementEntry | |
*/ | |
export class V1SettlementEntry { | |
/** | |
* The settlement's unique identifier. | |
*/ | |
payment_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The settlement's current status. See [V1SettlementEntryType](#type-v1settlemententrytype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money this entry contributes to the total settlement amount. | |
*/ | |
amount_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of all Square fees associated with this settlement entry. This value is always negative or zero. | |
*/ | |
fee_money?: V1Money; | |
} | |
export class V1SettlementEntryType { } | |
export class V1SettlementStatus { } | |
/** | |
* A tender represents a discrete monetary exchange. Square represents this exchange as a money object with a specific | |
* currency and amount, where the amount is given in the smallest denomination of the given currency. | |
* Square POS can accept more than one form of tender for a single payment (such as by splitting a bill between a credit | |
* card and a gift card). The `tender` field of the Payment object lists all forms of tender used for the payment. | |
* Split tender payments behave slightly differently from single tender payments: | |
* The receipt_url for a split tender corresponds only to the first tender listed in the tender field. | |
* To get the receipt URLs for the remaining tenders, use the receipt_url fields of the corresponding Tender objects. | |
* *A note on gift cards**: when a customer purchases a Square gift card from a merchant, the merchant receives the | |
* full amount of the gift card in the associated payment. | |
* When that gift card is used as a tender, the balance of the gift card is reduced and the merchant receives no funds. | |
* A `Tender` object with a type of `SQUARE_GIFT_CARD` indicates a gift card was used for some or all of the associated payment. | |
*/ | |
export class V1Tender { | |
/** | |
* The tender's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The type of tender. See [V1TenderType](#type-v1tendertype) for possible values | |
*/ | |
type?: string; | |
/** | |
* A human-readable description of the tender. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the employee that processed the tender. | |
*/ | |
employee_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The URL of the receipt for the tender. | |
*/ | |
receipt_url?: string; | |
/** | |
* The brand of credit card provided. See [V1TenderCardBrand](#type-v1tendercardbrand) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
card_brand?: string; | |
/** | |
* The last four digits of the provided credit card's account number. | |
*/ | |
pan_suffix?: string; | |
/** | |
* The tender's unique ID. See [V1TenderEntryMethod](#type-v1tenderentrymethod) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
entry_method?: string; | |
/** | |
* Notes entered by the merchant about the tender at the time of payment, if any. | |
* Typically only present for tender with the type: OTHER. | |
*/ | |
payment_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* The total amount of money provided in this form of tender. | |
*/ | |
total_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The amount of total_money applied to the payment. | |
*/ | |
tendered_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The time when the tender was created, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
tendered_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the tender was settled, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
settled_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The amount of total_money returned to the buyer as change. | |
*/ | |
change_back_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The total of all refunds applied to this tender. This amount is always negative or zero. | |
*/ | |
refunded_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether or not the tender is associated with an exchange. If is_exchange is true, the tender represents | |
* the value of goods returned in an exchange not the actual money paid. The exchange value reduces the tender | |
* amounts needed to pay for items purchased in the exchange. | |
*/ | |
is_exchange?: boolean; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The brand of a credit card. | |
*/ | |
export class V1TenderCardBrand { } | |
export class V1TenderEntryMethod { } | |
export class V1TenderType { } | |
/** | |
* Represents a timecard for an employee. | |
*/ | |
export class V1Timecard { | |
/** | |
* The timecard's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the employee the timecard is associated with. | |
*/ | |
employee_id: string; | |
/** | |
* If true, the timecard was deleted by the merchant, and it is no longer valid. | |
*/ | |
deleted?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* The clock-in time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
clockin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The clock-out time for the timecard, in ISO 8601 format. Provide this value only if importing timecard | |
* information from another system. | |
*/ | |
clockout_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the location the employee clocked in from. We strongly reccomend providing a clockin_location_id. | |
* Square uses the clockin_location_id to determine a timecard’s timezone and overtime rules. | |
*/ | |
clockin_location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the location the employee clocked out from. Provide this value only if importing timecard information | |
* from another system. | |
*/ | |
clockout_location_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the timecard was created, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the timecard was most recently updated, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* The total number of regular (non-overtime) seconds worked in the timecard. | |
*/ | |
regular_seconds_worked?: number; | |
/** | |
* The total number of overtime seconds worked in the timecard. | |
*/ | |
overtime_seconds_worked?: number; | |
/** | |
* The total number of doubletime seconds worked in the timecard. | |
*/ | |
doubletime_seconds_worked?: number; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1TimecardEvent | |
*/ | |
export class V1TimecardEvent { | |
/** | |
* The event's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the timecard to list events for. | |
* See [V1TimecardEventEventType](#type-v1timecardeventeventtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
event_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time the employee clocked in, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
clockin_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time the employee clocked out, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
clockout_time?: string; | |
/** | |
* The time when the event was created, in ISO 8601 format. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
} | |
/** | |
* Actions that resulted in a change to a timecard. | |
* All timecard events created with the Connect API have an event type that begins with `API`. | |
*/ | |
export class V1TimecardEventEventType { } | |
export class V1UpdateCategoryRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. | |
* See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Category; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateDiscountRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. | |
* See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Discount; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateEmployeeRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. | |
* See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Employee; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateEmployeeRoleRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. | |
* See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1EmployeeRole; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateFeeRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. | |
* See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Fee; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateItemRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. | |
* See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Item; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1UpdateModifierListRequest | |
*/ | |
export class V1UpdateModifierListRequest { | |
/** | |
* The modifier list's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether multiple options from the modifier list can be applied to a single item. | |
* See [V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType](#type-v1updatemodifierlistrequestselectiontype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
selection_type?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateModifierListRequestSelectionType { } | |
export class V1UpdateModifierOptionRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1ModifierOption; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1UpdateOrderRequest | |
*/ | |
export class V1UpdateOrderRequest { | |
/** | |
* The action to perform on the order (COMPLETE, CANCEL, or REFUND). | |
* See [V1UpdateOrderRequestAction](#type-v1updateorderrequestaction) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
action: string; | |
/** | |
* The tracking number of the shipment associated with the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE. | |
*/ | |
shipped_tracking_number?: string; | |
/** | |
* A merchant-specified note about the completion of the order. Only valid if action is COMPLETE. | |
*/ | |
completed_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* A merchant-specified note about the refunding of the order. Only valid if action is REFUND. | |
*/ | |
refunded_note?: string; | |
/** | |
* A merchant-specified note about the canceling of the order. Only valid if action is CANCEL. | |
*/ | |
canceled_note?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateOrderRequestAction { } | |
export class V1UpdatePageCellRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1PageCell; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdatePageRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Page; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateTimecardRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Timecard; | |
} | |
export class V1UpdateVariationRequest { | |
/** | |
* An object containing the fields to POST for the request. See the corresponding object definition for field details. | |
*/ | |
body: V1Variation; | |
} | |
/** | |
* V1Variation | |
*/ | |
export class V1Variation { | |
/** | |
* The item variation's unique ID. | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item variation's name. | |
*/ | |
name?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the variation's associated item. | |
*/ | |
item_id?: string; | |
/** | |
* Indicates the variation's list position when displayed in Square Register and the merchant dashboard. | |
* If more than one variation for the same item has the same ordinal value, those variations are displayed in | |
* alphabetical order | |
*/ | |
ordinal?: number; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the item variation's price is fixed or determined at the time of sale. | |
* See [V1VariationPricingType](#type-v1variationpricingtype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
pricing_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* The item variation's price, if any. | |
*/ | |
price_money?: V1Money; | |
/** | |
* The item variation's SKU, if any. | |
*/ | |
sku?: string; | |
/** | |
* If true, inventory tracking is active for the variation. | |
*/ | |
track_inventory?: boolean; | |
/** | |
* Indicates whether the item variation displays an alert when its inventory quantity is less than or equal to its | |
* inventory_alert_threshold. See [V1VariationInventoryAlertType](#type-v1variationinventoryalerttype) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
inventory_alert_type?: string; | |
/** | |
* If the inventory quantity for the variation is less than or equal to this value and inventory_alert_type is | |
* LOW_QUANTITY, the variation displays an alert in the merchant dashboard. | |
*/ | |
inventory_alert_threshold?: number; | |
/** | |
* Arbitrary metadata associated with the variation. Cannot exceed 255 characters. | |
*/ | |
user_data?: string; | |
/** | |
* The ID of the CatalogObject in the Connect v2 API. Objects that are shared across multiple locations share the same v2 ID. | |
*/ | |
v2_id?: string; | |
} | |
export class V1VariationInventoryAlertType { } | |
export class V1VariationPricingType { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the request body for calls to the VoidTransaction endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class VoidTransactionRequest { } | |
/** | |
* Defines the fields that are included in the response body of a request to the [VoidTransaction](#endpoint-voidtransaction) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
export class VoidTransactionResponse { | |
/** | |
* Any errors that occurred during the request. | |
*/ | |
errors?: Array<Error>; | |
} | |
/** | |
* The type of an event that triggers a webhook notification to an application. | |
*/ | |
export class WebhookEvents { } | |
/** | |
* The days of the week. | |
*/ | |
export class Weekday { } | |
/** | |
* Sets the Day of the week and hour of the day that a business starts a work week. Used for the calculation of overtime pay. | |
*/ | |
export class WorkweekConfig { | |
/** | |
* UUID for this object | |
*/ | |
id?: string; | |
/** | |
* The day of the week on which a business week cuts over for compensation purposes. | |
* See [Weekday](#type-weekday) for possible values. | |
*/ | |
start_of_week: DayOfWeekEnum; | |
/** | |
* The local time at which a business week cuts over. Represented as a string in `HH:MM` format (`HH:MM:SS` is also | |
* accepted, but seconds are truncated). | |
*/ | |
start_of_day_local_time: string; | |
/** | |
* Used for resolving concurrency issues; request will fail if version provided does not match server version at | |
* time of request. If not provided, Square executes a blind write; potentially overwriting data from another write. | |
*/ | |
version?: number; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC. | |
*/ | |
created_at?: string; | |
/** | |
* A read-only timestamp in RFC 3339 format; presented in UTC. | |
*/ | |
updated_at?: string; | |
} | |
// @todo think how to declare properly | |
export namespace ApiClient { | |
export const authentications: Record<string, any>; | |
export const instance: any; | |
export const basePath: any; | |
} | |
export class ApplePayApi { | |
/** | |
* Activates a domain for use with Web Apple Pay and Square. | |
* A validation will be performed on this domain by Apple to ensure is it properly set up as an Apple Pay enabled domain. | |
* This endpoint provides an easy way for platform developers to bulk activate Web Apple Pay with Square for merchants using | |
* their platform. To learn more about Apple Pay on Web see the Apple Pay section in | |
* the [Embedding the Square Payment Form](/payment-form/add-digital-wallets/apple-pay) guide. | |
*/ | |
registerDomain(...args: Array<any>): Promise<RegisterDomainResponse>; | |
} | |
export class CatalogApi { | |
/** | |
* Returns a list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s that includes all objects of a set of desired types | |
* (for example, all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) and [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects) in the catalog. | |
* The `types` parameter is specified as a comma-separated list of valid [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) | |
* types: `ITEM`, `ITEM_VARIATION`, `MODIFIER`, `MODIFIER_LIST`, `CATEGORY`, `DISCOUNT`, `TAX`. | |
* @note ListCatalog does not return deleted catalog items. To retrieve deleted catalog items, use SearchCatalogObjects | |
* and set `include_deleted_objects` to `true`. | |
*/ | |
batchDeleteCatalogObjects(...args: Array<any>): Promise<BatchDeleteCatalogObjectsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a set of objects based on the provided ID. Each [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) returned in the set includes all of | |
* its child information including: all of its [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) objects, references to its | |
* [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) objects, and the ids of any [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to it. | |
*/ | |
batchRetrieveCatalogObjects(...args: Array<any>): Promise<BatchRetrieveCatalogObjectsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Creates or updates up to 10,000 target objects based on the provided list of objects. The target objects are grouped into | |
* batches and each batch is inserted/updated in an all-or-nothing manner. If an object within a batch is malformed in some way, | |
* or violates a database constraint, the entire batch containing that item will be disregarded. However, other batches in | |
* the same request may still succeed. Each batch may contain up to 1,000 objects, and batches will be processed in order as long | |
* as the total object count for the request (items, variations, modifier lists, discounts, and taxes) is no more than 10,000. | |
*/ | |
batchUpsertCatalogObjects(...args: Array<any>): Promise<BatchUpsertCatalogObjectsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns information about the Square Catalog API, such as batch size limits for `BatchUpsertCatalogObjects`. | |
*/ | |
catalogInfo(...args: Array<any>): Promise<CatalogInfoResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Deletes a single [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) based on the provided ID and returns the set of successfully deleted | |
* IDs in the response. Deletion is a cascading event such that all children of the targeted object are also deleted. | |
* For example, deleting a [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) will also delete all of its | |
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children. | |
*/ | |
deleteCatalogObject(...args: Array<any>): Promise<DeleteCatalogObjectResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a list of [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s that includes all objects of a set of desired types | |
* (for example, all [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) and [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects) in the catalog. | |
* The types parameter is specified as a comma-separated list of valid [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) | |
* types: `ITEM`, `ITEM_VARIATION`, `MODIFIER`, `MODIFIER_LIST`, `CATEGORY`, `DISCOUNT`, `TAX`. | |
*/ | |
listCatalog(...args: Array<any>): Promise<ListCatalogResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a single [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) as a [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) based on the provided ID. | |
* The returned object includes all of the relevant [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) information including: | |
* [CatalogItemVariation](#type-catalogitemvariation) children, references to its [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) | |
* objects, and the ids of any [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to it. | |
*/ | |
retrieveCatalogObject(...args: Array<any>): Promise<RetrieveCatalogObjectResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Queries the targeted catalog using a variety of query types: [CatalogQuerySortedAttribute](#type-catalogquerysortedattribute), | |
* [CatalogQueryExact](#type-catalogqueryexact), [CatalogQueryRange](#type-catalogqueryrange), | |
* [CatalogQueryText](#type-catalogquerytext), [CatalogQueryItemsForTax](#type-catalogqueryitemsfortax), | |
* and [CatalogQueryItemsForModifierList](#type-catalogqueryitemsformodifierlist). | |
*/ | |
searchCatalogObjects(...args: Array<any>): Promise<SearchCatalogObjectsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Updates the [CatalogModifierList](#type-catalogmodifierlist) objects that apply to the targeted | |
* [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) without having to perform an upsert on the entire item. | |
*/ | |
updateItemModifierLists(...args: Array<any>): Promise<UpdateItemModifierListsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Updates the [CatalogTax](#type-catalogtax) objects that apply to the targeted [CatalogItem](#type-catalogitem) | |
* without having to perform an upsert on the entire item. | |
*/ | |
updateItemTaxes(...args: Array<any>): Promise<UpdateItemTaxesResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Creates or updates the target [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject). | |
*/ | |
upsertCatalogObject(...args: Array<any>): Promise<UpsertCatalogObjectResponse>; | |
} | |
export class CheckoutApi { | |
/** | |
* Links a `checkoutId` to a `checkout_page_url` that customers will be directed to in order to provide their payment | |
* information using a payment processing workflow hosted on connect.squareup.com. | |
*/ | |
createCheckout(locationId: string, body: CreateCheckoutRequest): Promise<CreateCheckoutResponse>; | |
} | |
export class CustomersApi { | |
/** | |
* Creates a new customer for a business, which can have associated cards on file. You must provide at least one of the | |
* following values in your request to this endpoint: `given_name`. `family_name`, `company_name`, `email_address`,`phone_number`. | |
*/ | |
createCustomer(body: CreateCustomerRequest): Promise<CreateCustomerResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Adds a card on file to an existing customer. As with charges, calls to `CreateCustomerCard` are idempotent. | |
* Multiple calls with the same card nonce return the same card record that was created with the provided nonce during the | |
* _first_ call. Cards on file are automatically updated on a monthly basis to confirm they are still valid and can be charged. | |
*/ | |
createCustomerCard(customerId: string, body: CreateCustomerCardRequest): Promise<CreateCustomerCardResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Deletes a customer from a business, along with any linked cards on file. | |
* When two profiles are merged into a single profile, that profile is assigned a new `customer_id`. | |
* You must use the new `customer_id` to delete merged profiles. | |
*/ | |
deleteCustomer(...args: Array<any>): Promise<DeleteCustomerResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Removes a card on file from a customer. | |
*/ | |
deleteCustomerCard(customerId: string, cardId: string): Promise<DeleteCustomerCardResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Lists a business's customers. | |
*/ | |
listCustomers(...args: Array<any>): Promise<ListCustomersResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns details for a single customer. | |
*/ | |
retrieveCustomer(customerId: string): Promise<RetrieveCustomerResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Searches the customer profiles associated with a Square account. | |
* Calling SearchCustomers without an explicit query parameter returns all customer profiles ordered alphabetically based | |
* on `given_name` and `family_name`. | |
*/ | |
searchCustomers(...args: Array<any>): Promise<SearchCustomersResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Updates the details of an existing customer. When two profiles are merged into a single profile, that profile is assigned | |
* a new `customer_id`. You must use the new `customer_id` to update merged profiles. | |
* You cannot edit a customer's cards on file with this endpoint. To make changes to a card on file, you must delete the | |
* existing card on file with the [DeleteCustomerCard](#endpoint-customers-deletecustomercard) endpoint, then create a | |
* new one with the [CreateCustomerCard](#endpoint-customers-createcustomercard) endpoint. | |
*/ | |
updateCustomer(...args: Array<any>): Promise<UpdateCustomerResponse>; | |
} | |
export class EmployeesApi { | |
/** | |
* Gets a list of `Employee` objects for a business. | |
*/ | |
listEmployees(params: ListEmployeesRequest): Promise<ListEmployeesResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Gets an `Employee` by Square-assigned employee `ID` (UUID). | |
*/ | |
retrieveEmployee(id: string): Promise<RetrieveEmployeeResponse>; | |
} | |
export class InventoryApi { | |
/** | |
* Applies adjustments and counts to the provided item quantities. | |
* On success: returns the current calculated counts for all objects referenced in the request. | |
* On failure: returns a list of related errors. | |
*/ | |
batchChangeInventory(...args: Array<any>): Promise<BatchChangeInventoryResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns historical physical counts and adjustments based on the provided filter criteria. | |
* Results are paginated and sorted in ascending order according their `occurred_at` timestamp (oldest first). | |
* BatchRetrieveInventoryChanges is a catch-all query endpoint for queries that cannot be handled by other, simpler endpoints. | |
*/ | |
batchRetrieveInventoryChanges(...args: Array<any>): Promise<BatchRetrieveInventoryChangesResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns current counts for the provided [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject)s at the requested [Location](#type-location)s. | |
* Results are paginated and sorted in descending order according to their `calculated_at` timestamp (newest first). | |
* When `updated_after` is specified, only counts that have changed since that time (based on the server timestamp for | |
* the most recent change) are returned. This allows clients to perform a "sync" operation, for example in response to | |
* receiving a Webhook notification. | |
*/ | |
batchRetrieveInventoryCounts(...args: Array<any>): Promise<BatchRetrieveInventoryCountsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns the [InventoryAdjustment](#type-inventoryadjustment) object with the provided `adjustment_id`. | |
*/ | |
retrieveInventoryAdjustment(...args: Array<any>): Promise<RetrieveInventoryAdjustmentResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a set of physical counts and inventory adjustments for the provided [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) at the | |
* requested [Location](#type-location)s. Results are paginated and sorted in descending order according to their | |
* `occurred_at` timestamp (newest first). There are no limits on how far back the caller can page. | |
* This endpoint is useful when displaying recent changes for a specific item. For more sophisticated queries, | |
* use a batch endpoint. | |
*/ | |
retrieveInventoryChanges(...args: Array<any>): Promise<RetrieveInventoryChangesResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Retrieves the current calculated stock count for a given [CatalogObject](#type-catalogobject) at a given set | |
* of [Location](#type-location)s. Responses are paginated and unsorted. For more sophisticated queries, use a batch endpoint. | |
*/ | |
retrieveInventoryCount(...args: Array<any>): Promise<RetrieveInventoryCountResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns the [InventoryPhysicalCount](#type-inventoryphysicalcount) object with the provided `physical_count_id`. | |
*/ | |
retrieveInventoryPhysicalCount(...args: Array<any>): Promise<RetrieveInventoryPhysicalCountResponse>; | |
} | |
export class LaborApi { | |
/** | |
* Creates a new `BreakType`. A `BreakType` is a template for creating `Break` objects. | |
* You must provide the following values in your request to this endpoint: | |
* - `location_id` - `break_name` - `expected_duration` - `is_paid` | |
* You can only have 3 `BreakType` instances per location. If you attempt to add a 4th `BreakType` for a location, | |
* an `INVALID_REQUEST_ERROR` "Exceeded limit of 3 breaks per location." is returned. | |
*/ | |
createBreakType(...args: Array<any>): Promise<CreateBreakTypeResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Creates a new `Shift`. A `Shift` represents a complete work day for a single employee. | |
* You must provide the following values in your request to this endpoint: | |
* - `location_id` - `employee_id` - `start_at` | |
* An attempt to create a new `Shift` can result in a `BAD_REQUEST` error when: - The `status` of the new `Shift` | |
* is `OPEN` and the employee has another shift with an `OPEN` status. - The `start_at` date is in the future - the | |
* `start_at` or `end_at` overlaps another shift for the same employee - If `Break`s are set in the request, a break | |
* `start_at` must not be before the `Shift.start_at`. A break `end_at` must not be after the `Shift.end_at`. | |
*/ | |
createShift(...args: Array<any>): Promise<CreateShiftResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Deletes an existing `BreakType`. A `BreakType` can be deleted even if it is referenced from a `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
deleteBreakType(...args: Array<any>): Promise<DeleteBreakTypeResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Deletes a `Shift`. | |
*/ | |
deleteShift(...args: Array<any>): Promise<DeleteShiftResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a single `BreakType` specified by id. | |
*/ | |
getBreakType(...args: Array<any>): Promise<GetBreakTypeResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a single `EmployeeWage` specified by id. | |
*/ | |
getEmployeeWage(...args: Array<any>): Promise<GetEmployeeWageResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a single `Shift` specified by id. | |
*/ | |
getShift(...args: Array<any>): Promise<GetShiftResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a paginated list of `BreakType` instances for a business. | |
*/ | |
listBreakTypes(...args: Array<any>): Promise<ListBreakTypesResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a paginated list of `EmployeeWage` instances for a business. | |
*/ | |
listEmployeeWages(...args: Array<any>): Promise<ListEmployeeWagesResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a list of `WorkweekConfig` instances for a business. | |
*/ | |
listWorkweekConfigs(...args: Array<any>): Promise<ListWorkweekConfigsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Returns a paginated list of `Shift` records for a business. | |
* The list to be returned can be filtered by: - Location IDs **and** - employee IDs **and** - shift | |
* status (`OPEN`, `CLOSED`) **and** - shift start **and** - shift end **and** - work day details. | |
* The list can be sorted by: - `start_at` - `end_at` - `created_at` - `updated_at`. | |
*/ | |
searchShifts(...args: Array<any>): Promise<SearchShiftsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Updates an existing `BreakType`. | |
*/ | |
updateBreakType(...args: Array<any>): Promise<UpdateBreakTypeResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Updates an existing `Shift`. When adding a `Break` to a `Shift`, any earlier `Breaks` in the `Shift` have | |
* the `end_at` property set to a valid RFC-3339 datetime string. When closing a `Shift`, all `Break` instances | |
* in the shift must be complete with `end_at` set on each `Break`. | |
*/ | |
updateShift(...args: Array<any>): Promise<UpdateShiftResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Updates a `WorkweekConfig`. | |
*/ | |
updateWorkweekConfig(...args: Array<any>): Promise<UpdateWorkweekConfigResponse>; | |
} | |
export class LocationsApi { | |
/** | |
* Provides the details for all of a business's locations. | |
* Most other Connect API endpoints have a required `location_id` path parameter. The `id` field of the | |
* [`Location`](#type-location) objects returned by this endpoint correspond to that `location_id` parameter. | |
*/ | |
listLocations(): Promise<ListLocationsResponse>; | |
} | |
export class MobileAuthorizationApi { | |
/** | |
* Generates code to authorize a mobile application to connect to a Square card reader Authorization codes are | |
* one-time-use and expire __60 minutes__ after being issued. | |
* @note The `Authorization` header you provide to this endpoint must have the following format: | |
* `Authorization: Bearer ACCESS_TOKEN` Replace `ACCESS_TOKEN` with a [valid production authorization credential] | |
* @link https://docs.connect.squareup.com/get-started#step-4-understand-the-different-application-credentials | |
*/ | |
createMobileAuthorizationCode(body: CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeRequest): Promise<CreateMobileAuthorizationCodeResponse>; | |
} | |
export class OAuthApi { | |
/** | |
* Returns an OAuth access token. The endpoint supports distinct methods of obtaining OAuth access tokens. | |
* Applications specify a method by adding the `grant_type` parameter in the request and also provide relevant information. | |
* For more information, see [OAuth access token management](/authz/oauth/how-it-works#oauth-access-token-management). | |
* @note Regardless of the method application specified, the endpoint always returns two items; an OAuth access token and | |
* a refresh token in the response. __OAuth tokens should only live on secure servers. Application clients should never | |
* interact directly with OAuth tokens__. | |
*/ | |
obtainToken(body: ObtainTokenRequest): Promise<ObtainTokenResponse>; | |
/** | |
* `RenewToken` is deprecated. For information about refreshing OAuth access tokens, | |
* see [Renew OAuth Token](https://developer.squareup.com/docs/oauth-api/cookbook/renew-oauth-tokens). | |
* Renews an OAuth access token before it expires. OAuth access tokens besides your application's personal access | |
* token expire after __30 days__. You can also renew expired tokens within __15 days__ of their expiration. | |
* You cannot renew an access token that has been expired for more than 15 days. Instead, the associated user | |
* must re-complete the OAuth flow from the beginning. | |
* @note The `Authorization` header for this endpoint must have the following format: | |
* ``` Authorization: Client APPLICATION_SECRET ``` Replace `APPLICATION_SECRET` | |
* with the application secret on the Credentials page in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | |
*/ | |
renewToken(clientId: string, body: RenewTokenRequest): Promise<RenewTokenResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Revokes an access token generated with the OAuth flow. If an account has more than one OAuth access token for | |
* your application, this endpoint revokes all of them, regardless of which token you specify. When an OAuth access | |
* token is revoked, all of the active subscriptions associated with that OAuth token are canceled immediately. | |
* @note The `Authorization` header for this endpoint must have the following format: | |
* ``` Authorization: Client APPLICATION_SECRET ``` Replace `APPLICATION_SECRET` with the application secret on the | |
* Credentials page in the [application dashboard](https://connect.squareup.com/apps). | |
*/ | |
revokeToken(body: RevokeTokenRequest): Promise<RevokeTokenResponse>; | |
} | |
export class OrdersApi { | |
/** | |
* Retrieves a set of [Order](#type-order)s by their IDs. | |
* If a given Order ID does not exist, the ID is ignored instead of generating an error. | |
*/ | |
batchRetrieveOrders(params: BatchRetrieveOrdersRequest): Promise<BatchRetrieveOrdersResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Creates an [Order](#type-order) that can then be referenced as `order_id` in a request to the [Charge](#endpoint-charge) | |
* endpoint. Orders specify products for purchase, along with discounts, taxes, and other settings to apply to the purchase. | |
* To associate a created order with a request to the Charge endpoint, provide the order's `id` in the `order_id` field of | |
* your request. You cannot modify an order after you create it. If you need to modify an order, instead create a new order | |
* with modified details. To learn more about the Orders API, see the [Orders API Overview](/products/orders/overview). | |
*/ | |
createOrder(params: CreateOrderRequest): Promise<CreateOrderResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Pay for an [order](#type-order) using one or more approved [payments](#type-payment), or settle an order with a total of `0`. | |
* The total of the `payment_ids` listed in the request must be equal to the order total. Orders with a total amount | |
* of `0` can be marked as paid by specifying an empty array of `payment_ids` in the request. To be used with PayOrder, | |
* a payment must: - Reference the order by specifying the `order_id` when [creating the payment](#endpoint-payments-createpayment). | |
* Any approved payments that reference the same `order_id` not specified in the `payment_ids` will be canceled. | |
* - Be approved with [delayed capture](/payments-api/take-payments#delayed-capture). Using a delayed capture payment | |
* with PayOrder will complete the approved payment. Learn how to [pay for orders with a single payment using the | |
* Payments API](/orders-api/pay-for-orders). | |
*/ | |
payOrder(orderId: string, body: PayOrderRequest): Promise<PayOrderResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Search all orders for one or more locations. Orders include all sales, returns, and exchanges regardless of how | |
* or when they entered the Square Ecosystem (e.g. Point of Sale, Invoices, Connect APIs, etc). SearchOrders requests | |
* need to specify which locations to search and define a [`SearchOrdersQuery`](#type-searchordersquery) object which | |
* controls how to sort or filter the results. Your SearchOrdersQuery can: Set filter criteria. Set sort order. | |
* Determine whether to return results as complete Order objects, or as [OrderEntry](#type-orderentry) objects. | |
* Note that details for orders processed with Square Point of Sale while in offline mode may not be transmitted to | |
* Square for up to 72 hours. Offline orders have a `created_at` value that reflects the time the order was created, | |
* not the time it was subsequently transmitted to Square. | |
*/ | |
searchOrders(body: SearchOrdersRequest): Promise<SearchOrdersResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Updates an open [Order](#type-order) by adding, replacing, or deleting fields. Orders with a `COMPLETED` or `CANCELED` | |
* state cannot be updated. An UpdateOrder request requires the following: | |
* - The `order_id` in the endpoint path, identifying the order to update. | |
* - The latest `version` of the order to update. | |
* - The [sparse order](/orders-api/manage-orders#sparse-order-objects) containing only the fields to update and the version the update is being applied to. | |
* - If deleting fields, the [dot notation paths](/orders-api/manage-orders#on-dot-notation) identifying fields to clear. | |
* To pay for an order, please refer to the [Pay for Orders](/orders-api/pay-for-orders) guide. | |
* To learn more about the Orders API, see the [Orders API Overview](/orders-api/what-it-does). | |
*/ | |
updateOrder(body: UpdateOrderRequest): Promise<UpdateOrderResponse>; | |
} | |
export class PaymentsApi { | |
/** | |
* Cancels a payment. If you set `autocomplete` to false when creating a payment, you can cancel the payment using | |
* this endpoint. For more information, see [Delayed Payments](/payments-api/take-payments#delayed-payments). | |
*/ | |
cancelPayment(paymentId: string): Promise<CancelPaymentResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Cancels a payment identified by the idenpotency key that is specified the request. Use this method when status | |
* of a CreatePayment request is unknown. For example, after you send a CreatePayment request a network error occurs | |
* and you don't get a response. In this case, you can direct Square to cancel the payment using this endpoint. | |
* In the request, you provide the same idempotency key that you provided in your CreatePayment request you want to cancel. | |
* After cancelling the payment, you can submit your CreatePayment request again. Note that if no payment with the | |
* specified idempotency key is found, no action is taken, the end point returns successfully. | |
*/ | |
cancelPaymentByIdempotencyKey(body: CancelPaymentByIdempotencyKeyRequest): Promise<CancelPaymentByIdempotencyKeyResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Completes a payment. By default, payments are set to complete immediately after they are created. | |
* If you set autocomplete to false when creating a payment, you can complete the payment using this endpoint. | |
* For more information, see [Delayed Payments](/payments-api/take-payments#delayed-payments). | |
*/ | |
completePayment(paymentId: string): Promise<CompletePaymentResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Charges a payment source, for example, a card represented by customer's card on file or a card nonce. | |
* In addition to the payment source, the request must also include the amount to accept for the payment. | |
* There are several optional parameters that you can include in the request. | |
* For example, tip money, whether to autocomplete the payment, or a reference ID to correlate this payment with | |
* another system. For more information about these payment options, see [Take Payments](/payments-api/take-payments). | |
* The `PAYMENTS_WRITE_ADDITIONAL_RECIPIENTS` OAuth permission is required to enable application fees. | |
*/ | |
createPayment(body: CreatePaymentRequest): Promise<CreatePaymentResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Retrieves details for a specific Payment. | |
*/ | |
getPayment(paymentId: string): Promise<GetPaymentResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Retrieves a list of payments taken by the account making the request. Max results per page: 100. | |
*/ | |
listPayments(params: ListPaymentsRequest): Promise<ListPaymentsResponse>; | |
} | |
export class RefundsApi { | |
/** | |
* Retrieves a specific `Refund` using the `refund_id`. | |
*/ | |
getPaymentRefund(refundId: string): Promise<GetPaymentRefundResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Retrieves a list of refunds for the account making the request. Max results per page: 100. | |
*/ | |
listPaymentRefunds(params: ListPaymentRefundsRequest): Promise<ListPaymentRefundsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Refunds a payment. You can refund the entire payment amount or a portion of it. | |
* For more information, see [Payments and Refunds Overview](/payments-api/overview). | |
*/ | |
refundPayment(body: RefundPaymentRequest): Promise<RefundPaymentResponse>; | |
} | |
// @todo describe methods | |
export class ReportingApi { } | |
export class TransactionsApi { | |
/** | |
* Captures a transaction that was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-transactions-charge) endpoint with a `delay_capture` value of `true`. | |
* See the [Delay Capture of Funds](/transactions-api/cookbook/delay-capture) recipe for more information. | |
*/ | |
captureTransaction(locationId: string, transactionId: string): Promise<CaptureTransactionResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Charges a card represented by a card nonce or a customer's card on file. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [CreatePayment](#endpoint-payments-createpayment) Your request to this endpoint must | |
* include _either_: - A value for the `card_nonce` parameter (to charge a card nonce generated with the `SqPaymentForm`) | |
* - Values for the `customer_card_id` and `customer_id` parameters (to charge a customer's card on file) When this | |
* response is returned, the amount of Square's processing fee might not yet be calculated. To obtain the processing fee, | |
* wait about ten seconds and call [RetrieveTransaction](#endpoint-transactions-retrievetransaction). | |
* See the `processing_fee_money` field of each [Tender included](#type-tender) in the transaction. | |
*/ | |
charge(locationId: string, body: ChargeRequest): Promise<ChargeResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Initiates a refund for a previously charged tender. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [RefundPayment](#endpoint-refunds-refundpayment) You must issue a refund within 120 | |
* days of the associated payment. See [this article](https://squareup.com/help/us/en/article/5060) for more | |
* information on refund behavior. | |
* @note: Card-present transactions with Interac credit cards **cannot be refunded using the Connect API**. | |
* Interac transactions must refunded in-person (e.g., dipping the card using POS app). | |
*/ | |
createRefund(locationId: string, transactionId: string, body: CreateRefundRequest): Promise<CreateRefundResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Lists refunds for one of a business's locations. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [SearchOrders](#endpoint-orders-searchorders) In addition to full or partial tender | |
* refunds processed through Square APIs, refunds may result from itemized returns or exchanges through Square's | |
* Point of Sale applications. Refunds with a `status` of `PENDING` are not currently included in this endpoint's response. | |
* Max results per [page](#paginatingresults): 50. | |
*/ | |
listRefunds(locationId: string, params: ListRefundsRequest): Promise<ListRefundsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Lists transactions for a particular location. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [SearchOrders](#endpoint-orders-searchorders) Transactions include payment information | |
* from sales and exchanges and refund information from returns and exchanges. | |
* Max results per [page](#paginatingresults): 50. | |
*/ | |
listTransactions(locationId: string, params: ListTransactionsRequest): Promise<ListTransactionsResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Retrieves details for a single transaction. | |
* @deprecated recommend using [BatchRetrieveOrders](#endpoint-batchretrieveorders). | |
*/ | |
retrieveTransaction(locationId: string, transactionId: string): Promise<RetrieveTransactionResponse>; | |
/** | |
* Cancels a transaction that was created with the [Charge](#endpoint-transactions-charge) endpoint with a | |
* `delay_capture` value of `true`. See the [Delay Capture of Funds](/transactions-api/cookbook/delay-capture) recipe | |
* for more information. | |
*/ | |
voidTransaction(locationId: string, transactionId: string): Promise<VoidTransactionResponse>; | |
} | |
// @todo describe methods | |
export class V1EmployeesApi { } | |
// @todo describe methods | |
export class V1ItemsApi { } | |
// @todo describe methods | |
export class V1LocationsApi { } | |
// @todo describe methods | |
export class V1TransactionsApi { } |
Sign up for free
to join this conversation on GitHub.
Already have an account?
Sign in to comment